[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021023280A1 - Communication method and device - Google Patents

Communication method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021023280A1
WO2021023280A1 PCT/CN2020/107540 CN2020107540W WO2021023280A1 WO 2021023280 A1 WO2021023280 A1 WO 2021023280A1 CN 2020107540 W CN2020107540 W CN 2020107540W WO 2021023280 A1 WO2021023280 A1 WO 2021023280A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
access network
terminal device
network device
indication information
measurement
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2020/107540
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡星星
张宏平
曾清海
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2021023280A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021023280A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication, in particular to a communication method and equipment.
  • terminal equipment may communicate with multiple access network equipment, that is, dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC), also known as MR-DC (Multi-Radio dual connectivity), multiple access network equipment can belong to the same
  • dual connectivity Dual Connectivity, DC
  • MR-DC Multi-Radio dual connectivity
  • multiple access network equipment can belong to the same
  • the system can also belong to different systems.
  • the access network device needs to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • MDT includes logged MDT and immediate MDT.
  • Immediate MDT is mainly for the measurement of terminal equipment in the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), and logged MDT is mainly for the measurement in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) or RRC Measurement performed by the terminal device in the inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the signal quality alone cannot reflect the user experience when users use these services.
  • Operators measure the Quality of Experience (QoE) according to the measurement report. Optimize the network to improve the quality of user experience.
  • QoE Quality of Experience
  • the maximum number of measurement configuration sets that the terminal device can receive is related to the number of access network devices it serves (for example, the first access network provides services to the terminal device).
  • a set of MDT measurement configuration is sent, and the second access network device also sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives two sets of MDT measurement configuration).
  • the communication method provided in this application enables the first access network device to have the decision-making power to send measurement configurations through the negotiation between the first access network device and the second access network device, avoiding coverage between the same type of measurement configuration, The problem of waste of measurement overhead caused by coverage between measurement configurations is solved.
  • the number of measurement configurations sent to the terminal device is greater than the maximum value specified in the agreement, or greater than the maximum number of measurement configurations supported by the terminal device, coverage will occur between the measurement configurations, and the measurement results generated according to the previous measurement configuration will be Delete, cause waste of measurement overhead.
  • the terminal device can only support one set of MDT measurement configuration
  • the first access network device first sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the second access network device also sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device afterwards.
  • the terminal device receives the MDT measurement configuration sent by the second access network device, it will overwrite the MDT measurement configuration sent by the first access network device, and also delete the MDT measurement result.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a first access network device first determines that the second access network device can send a measurement configuration to a terminal device, and sends the first access network device to the second access network device.
  • the instruction information is used to notify the second access network device, where the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device determining that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device includes:
  • the first access network device determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. Under this constraint, the first access network device determines that the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the network equipment has the decision-making power to send the measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device determines that only one set of measurements can be sent to the terminal device.
  • Configuration includes:
  • the protocol only supports sending a set of measurement configurations to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device determines that it can only send to the terminal device
  • a set of measurement configuration includes:
  • the first access network device receives the third indication from the terminal device
  • the third indication information includes the capability information of the terminal device to support measurement configuration, and the first access network device determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device according to the third indication information.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device initiate negotiation to determine that only one access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device transmits to the second access network device Sending the first instruction information includes:
  • the first access network device When the first access network device receives a specific message from the core network, it sends the first indication information (for example, when the measurement is logged MDT measurement based on signaling, when the first access network device receives the terminal from the core network) When the device’s logged MDT configuration information, the first access network device sends the first indication information; when the measurement is a management-based logged MDT measurement, when the first access network device receives the terminal device from the core network, it can perform During logged MDT measurement based on management, the first access network device sends first indication information)
  • the first indication information is the second access network device adding request information
  • the first indication information is the modification request information of the second access network device. That is, the first access network device may instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device by carrying the first indication information through the second access network device addition request information. The first access network device may also carry the first indication information through the second access network device modification request information to instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication message is an explicit indication field, and the indication field It is one value or multiple values, that is, the indication field instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device (for example, the value of the field is 0 or 1, when the value of the field is 1. Instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device).
  • the first indication information is an empty or non-empty field, for example, the field is In the case of empty or non-empty, when the field is not empty, the second access network device is instructed to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that this application is not limited thereto.
  • the first indication information is an implicit indication information that carries the first connection Whether it is determined to send the measurement configuration information during network access, (for example, if the first indication information carries the first access network's determination not to send the measurement configuration, it is implicitly instructing the second access network to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device).
  • the first indication information is measurement configuration information, that is, the first If the indication information carries measurement configuration information, it implicitly instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information carries information about the area of the second access network device Range information
  • the first access network device sends the area range information received from the core network to the second access network device through the first indication information.
  • the first access network device receives the signaling-based MDT public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) list (signalling based MDT PLMN) list from the core network ) And/or the area range of the MDT. If the area range is related to the second access network device, the area range is sent to the second access network device through the first indication information).
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the measurement configuration includes an MDT measurement configuration and/or a QoE measurement configuration
  • QoE measurement configuration includes signaling-based QoE measurement configuration and management-based QoE measurement configuration
  • MDT measurement configuration includes signaling-based MDT measurement configuration and management-based MDT measurement configuration
  • MDT measurement also includes logged MDT measurement.
  • the first access network device is from the second access network device Receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates whether the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information instructs the second access network device to report to the terminal The device sends the measurement configuration
  • the first access network device does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information indicates that the second access network device is not The terminal device sends the measurement configuration
  • the first access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device receives the measurement report sent by the terminal device
  • the measurement report includes the measurement results obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.
  • the first access network device receives the second access network device A sent measurement report, which includes the measurement result obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.
  • the measurement report received by the first access network device further includes The type information of the radio access technology RAT corresponding to the measurement result.
  • the second access network device sends a measurement report to the collecting entity TCE ,
  • the collecting entity optimizes the specific network according to the measurement report.
  • the first access network device and the second The access network device determines which access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device through negotiation, so as to avoid the problem of the measurement configuration being overwritten and causing a waste of measurement overhead.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a second access network device receives first indication information from a first access network device, the first indication information indicating that the second access network device can Send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, where the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or user experience quality QoE measurement configuration ; The second access network device determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration, where MDT measurement configuration includes signaling-based MDT measurement configuration and management-based MDT measurement configuration , QoE measurement configuration includes signaling-based QoE measurement configuration and management-based QoE measurement configuration, MDT measurement also includes logged MDT measurement.
  • the second access network device determines whether to send the terminal device
  • the measurement configuration includes:
  • the second access network device After the second access network device receives the first indication information, whether the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device is further determined by the second access network device.
  • the further decision by the second access network device includes:
  • the second access network device obtains a further decision result after judging according to the received information, where the received information includes one or any of the area range information carried in the first indication information and the capability information of the terminal device.
  • the further decision result includes:
  • the second access network device determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or the second access network device determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the second access network device sends the first access network device to the first access network device.
  • Two indication information the second indication information instructing the second access network device to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the second indication information indicates the result of the aforementioned further determination.
  • the second access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, and the measurement The report includes the measurement results obtained according to the measurement configuration.
  • the measurement report further includes the radio access technology corresponding to the measurement result RAT type information.
  • the second access network device sends a measurement report to the collection entity TCE to collect The entity optimizes the specific network based on the measurement report.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device send measurement configurations after negotiation, so that the number of measurement configurations sent to the terminal device is less than the maximum value specified in the protocol and less than the terminal
  • the device supports the maximum number of sets of measurement configurations.
  • the first access network device has the right to make measurement decisions. After the second access network device receives the instruction information of the first access network device, further, whether the second access network device Accepting the content indicated by the first instruction information is independently determined by the second access network device.
  • this embodiment provides a communication device, which includes the first access network device or the second access network device used to implement the first or second aspect or any one of the possible designs.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a component (chip or circuit) for the access network device.
  • the communication device includes: at least one processor and a memory; the memory stores program instructions, and the program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, so that the communication device can implement the first aspect or the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: determining to obtain two sets of measurement configurations, and specifying a memory allocation method for the two sets of measurement results, the measurement results being obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.
  • the method may be implemented by a terminal device, or may be implemented by a component configurable in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device has the ability to support two sets of measurement configurations, and the agreement stipulates that the terminal device is supported to obtain two sets of measurement configurations.
  • the terminal device receives the sixth indication information sent by the access network device.
  • the sixth instruction information indicates the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results, and the terminal device determines the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results according to the sixth instruction information.
  • the memory allocation manner is the first access network device and the second It is determined after negotiation by the access network device that both the first access network device and the second access network device provide services for the terminal device.
  • the memory allocation manner is shared.
  • the memory allocation manner is independent.
  • the terminal device when the memory allocation manner is independent, the terminal device To determine the allocation ratio of memory, the terminal device can independently determine the allocation ratio, and the terminal device can also receive the allocation ratio issued by the access network device.
  • the terminal device can obtain two sets of measurements, by indicating the memory allocation method corresponding to the two sets of measurement results, a flexible memory allocation method is provided, and the utilization of the memory resources of the terminal device is improved .
  • this embodiment provides a communication device including a module or unit for implementing the communication method of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device or a component (chip or circuit) for the terminal device.
  • this embodiment provides a communication system, the communication system includes: at least one core network device, there is signaling interaction between the core network device and the access network device; at least one first access network device, and At least one second access network device; the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for terminal devices; at least one terminal device and a collection entity, where the collection entity is used to receive the first access network device Or/and the measurement report obtained by the terminal device reported by the second access network device according to the measurement configuration.
  • this embodiment provides a computer storage medium.
  • the computer readable medium stores program instructions.
  • the program instructions can be implemented according to the first aspect or the second aspect or any one of them.
  • this embodiment provides a computer program product, the computer program product contains program instructions, when the program instructions are executed, to achieve the design according to the first aspect or the second aspect or any one of the possible designs The function of the first access network device or the second access network device.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second access network device, or can be executed by components in the second access network device, for example, a processor, a chip, a chip system Etc.
  • the method includes: the second access network device receives first network management indication information from the network management, the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first demand information or the second demand information, and the first demand information is all
  • the network manager needs to obtain the type information of the terminal device, and the second requirement information is that the network manager does not need to obtain the type information of the terminal device; when the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first requirement information, Sending first request indication information to the first access network device, where the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT.
  • the type information of the terminal device can be flexibly obtained according to the instructions of the network manager, which is beneficial to the network manager or the tracking collection entity to obtain the type information of the terminal device, so that the network management or the tracking collection entity can learn that the corresponding result of the immediate MDT or the logged MDT is corresponding Which type of terminal equipment is the result, so as to know the performance of that type of terminal equipment.
  • the first request indication information is a privacy indication, which is beneficial for the first access network device to learn the first request indication information for the purpose of obtaining the type information of the terminal device, rather than knowing the specific information of the terminal device. It is the terminal device, thus protecting the privacy of users.
  • the type information of the terminal device includes the manufacturer of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, etc., for example, the international mobile equipment identity type assignment code of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device can learn the terminal
  • the type information of the device is of the specific type, rather than the information that can uniquely identify the terminal device, thereby protecting the privacy of the user.
  • the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.
  • the second access network device sends the first request indication information to the first access network device after receiving the minimized drive test MDT measurement result from the terminal device.
  • the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT, or, when receiving the management-based MDT measurement configuration information from the network manager that indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT measurement information, the first request indication information is used to indicate logged MDT.
  • the second access network device receives the management-based MDT-based public land mobile network PLMN list from the first access network device or the indication information of allowing the management-based MDT.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which may be executed by a first access network device, or may be executed by a component in the first access network device, such as a processor, a chip, a chip system Etc., the method includes: the first access network device receives the first request indication information sent by the second access network device, the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT; sending to the first core network device The second request indication information, where the second request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT.
  • the first access network device After the first access network device receives the first request indication information sent by the second access network device, it sends the second request indication information to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can 2.
  • the request indication information can learn that the first core network device needs to send the type information of the terminal device to the network management or tracking collection entity, so that the network management or tracking collection entity can associate the measurement result of the immediate MDT or logged MDT with the type information of the terminal device , So as to obtain the measurement result corresponding to the corresponding terminal device type.
  • the first request indication information is a privacy indication.
  • the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.
  • the second request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.
  • the first access network device sends the management-based MDT-based PLMN list or the indication information of allowing the management-based MDT to the second access network device.
  • this embodiment provides a communication device, including the first access network device or the second access device according to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect or any one of the possible designs.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a component (chip or circuit) for the access network device.
  • the communication device includes: at least one processor and a memory; the memory stores program instructions, and the program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, so that the communication device can implement the ninth aspect or the first The function of the first access network device or the second access network device in ten aspects.
  • this embodiment provides a computer storage medium, and the computer readable medium stores program instructions.
  • the program instructions can be implemented according to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect or any one of them.
  • Figure 1 is a network architecture diagram of a possible communication system of this application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device 700 according to an embodiment of this application.
  • first, second and other words in this application are only used to distinguish and describe different objects, and do not limit their sequence.
  • first indication information and the second indication information are only for distinguishing two indication information.
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • LTE long term evolution
  • UMTS general mobile communication system
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • Terminal equipment can be user equipment (User Equipment, terminal equipment), or access terminal, or user unit, or user station, or mobile station, or mobile station, or remote station, or remote terminal, or mobile equipment, or user terminal , Or terminal, or wireless terminal equipment, or user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) device, a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device, or a wireless Other modem processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in the future 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved PLMN, etc.
  • WLL wireless Local Loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the access network device can be a device that can communicate with terminal devices.
  • the first access network device and the core network have control plane signaling interaction.
  • the access network device can be Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access).
  • the base station (NodeB, NB) in the Access (WCDMA) system can also be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, and future 5G Base station (gNB) in the network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • the access network device may be an access network device that provides authorized spectrum for terminal devices, or an access network device that provides unlicensed spectrum for terminal devices.
  • the access network equipment of this application can also be a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario with a centralized unit (Centralized Unit, CU) and a distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU) separated architecture Base station.
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • CU and DU can be physically separated or deployed together. Multiple DUs can share one CU, one DU can also be connected to multiple CUs, and CUs and DUs can be connected through interfaces, for example, F1 interfaces.
  • CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network.
  • radio resource control Radio Resource Control, RRC
  • service data adaptation protocol stack Service Data Adaptation Protocol, SDAP
  • packet data convergence protocol packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical
  • the CU or DU can also be divided into part of the processing functions with the protocol layer.
  • part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU.
  • the functions of the CU or DU can also be divided according to service types or other system requirements, for example, according to delay, and the functions that need to meet the delay requirements in processing time are set in the DU, and there is no need to meet the requirements.
  • the function required for the delay is set in the CU.
  • the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network.
  • the function of the CU can be implemented by one entity or by different entities.
  • the functions of the CU can be further divided, for example, the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) are separated, that is, the CU control plane (CU-CP) and the CU user plane (CU-UP) are separated.
  • the CU-CP and CU-UP may be implemented by different functional entities, and the CU-CP and CU-UP may be coupled with the DU to jointly complete the function of the base station.
  • CU-CP is responsible for the control plane function, mainly including RRC and PDCP-C.
  • PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc.
  • CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including SDAP and PDCP-U, among which SDAP is mainly responsible for processing core network data Process and map data flow to bearer.
  • PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of the data plane, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc.
  • the CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through the E1 interface.
  • the CU and the DU can be physically separated or deployed together, and the first access network device and the second access network device can correspond to different CUs or different under the same CU. DU.
  • a master base station (Master NodeB, MN) and a secondary base station (Secondary NodeB, SN) are taken as examples for illustration.
  • MN master NodeB
  • SN secondary NodeB
  • the MN in the embodiment of the present application may also be called PN (primary NodeB).
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station may also be referred to as the primary site and the secondary site, respectively, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station may be of the same standard or of different standards. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be divided into the following optional methods to introduce the difference between the main base station and the secondary base station.
  • the primary base station in this application may be an evolved base station (Evolved Node B, eNB) in the LTE standard connected to the 4G core network, that is, a 4G base station, and the secondary base station is New Radio (NR). ) Base station.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • NR New Radio
  • the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an LTE base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an NR base station.
  • the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an NR base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an NR base station.
  • the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an NR base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an LTE base station.
  • Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a possible communication system.
  • the architecture diagram includes a core network device 100, at least one primary base station 110 connected to the core network device 100 (only one primary base station is shown in Figure 1), and at least one secondary base station 120 connected to the primary base station 110 ( Figure 1 Only one secondary base station is shown), and one or more terminal devices 130 connected to the primary base station 110 and the secondary base station 120.
  • the core network device 100 may have a user plane connection with at least one secondary base station 120.
  • the main base station 120 (5G base station) and the core network equipment (for example, access and mobility management function (AMF)) 100
  • the interface is an NG interface, and the control plane of the NG interface may be called an NG control plane (NG-C).
  • NG-C NG control plane
  • the interface between the main base station 120 (4G base station) and the core network device (for example, a mobility management entity (MME)) 100 is an S1 interface.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • a wireless Uu interface is established between the primary base station and the terminal equipment, which can transmit user plane data and control plane signaling with the terminal equipment.
  • a Uu interface can also be established between the secondary base station and the terminal equipment to communicate with the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment transmits user plane data and control plane signaling, that is, the terminal equipment is in a dual connectivity architecture mode (Dual Connectivity, DC), and both the primary base station and the secondary base station can provide services for the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is only an exemplary network architecture diagram, and the network architecture also includes other network element devices or functional units, which are not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2 in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station as an example below.
  • the communication methods corresponding to Figure 2 include:
  • the terminal device will report capability information supporting measurement configuration, which may include operation 201.
  • Operation 201 The terminal device sends third indication information to the primary base station.
  • the third indication message carries the capability information of the measurement configuration supported by the terminal device.
  • the capability information may be whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration. Further, if the measurement configuration is supported, it may also include supporting several sets of measurement configurations. It can also be the format information that supports the measurement configuration.
  • the third indication information indicates that the terminal device can only support one set of MDT measurement configurations, or that the terminal device can only have one set of MDT measurement configurations at the same time.
  • the third indication information can also indicate that the terminal device can support two sets MDT measurement configuration (the two sets of MDT measurement configuration may be the MDT measurement configuration of the NR standard and the MDT measurement configuration of the LTE standard, or may not distinguish between the standards), or indicate that the terminal device can have two sets of MDT measurement configurations at the same time, and the terminal device
  • the third indication information can be transmitted through Uu interface messages.
  • the MDT measurement includes logged MDT measurement.
  • operation 201 is optional.
  • Operation 202 the primary base station determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device.
  • the main base station determines according to the third indication information sent by the terminal device in operation 201.
  • the third indication information indicates that the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configurations, or indicates that the terminal device can only have one measurement configuration at the same time. Set of MDT measurement configuration.
  • the agreement stipulates that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device, or the agreement stipulates that the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configuration or the terminal device can only have one set of MDT measurement configuration at the same time.
  • the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configuration and the protocol stipulates that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device.
  • the main base station can determine that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. Set of measurement configurations.
  • operation 202 can also be replaced with: the primary base station determines the number of measurement configurations that can be sent to the terminal device, then the primary base station sends the first configuration number information to the terminal device, indicating the measurement that the terminal device can receive The number of configurations.
  • the primary base station determines the number of measurement configurations that can be sent to the terminal device according to the third indication information sent by the terminal device in operation 201.
  • the terminal device supports receiving two sets of measurement configurations, but the main base station only wants to configure one set of measurement configurations for the terminal device.
  • the master base station determines the number of measurement configurations that the terminal device should receive.
  • the terminal device When the first configuration number information sent by the master base station to the terminal indicates that the number of measurement configurations that can be received by the terminal device is N, when the number of configurations received by the terminal device is less than or equal to the number N, the terminal device will not perform any measurement configuration. Between coverage. When the number of configurations received by the terminal device is greater than the number N, the terminal device can perform coverage between various measurement configurations (for example, the measurement configuration received last covers the measurement configuration received first).
  • the secondary base station before or after operation 202, sends request information to the primary base station for requesting that the measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device.
  • the operation may also include operation 203.
  • the order of operation 203 is not limited.
  • operation 202 is optional.
  • Operation 203 the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station.
  • the first request information is used by the secondary base station to request the primary base station to request the secondary base station to be able to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration.
  • the MDT measurement includes logged MDT measurement.
  • the secondary base station when the secondary base station receives the UE’s logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration information from the primary base station, and the secondary base station selects the terminal device for logging MDT or QoE For measurement, the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station; for management-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the secondary base station receives management from the operation administration and maintenance (OAM) (or called network management) entity MDT measurement configuration, and the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform logged MDT or QoE measurement, the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station; the information exchange between the primary base station and the core network can be carried out through the interface between the two, For example, NG interface or S1 interface.
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform logged MDT or QoE measurement, there are several ways:
  • the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based logged MDT measurement.
  • the terminal equipment supports logged MDT measurement
  • the secondary base station can also determine whether to select the terminal according to the area information sent by the primary base station The device performs logged MDT measurement. For example, if the cell accessed by the secondary base station belongs to the area, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based logged MDT measurement.
  • the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform the management-based logged MDT measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal device supports logged MDT measurement, if the logged MDT measurement configuration obtained by the secondary base station from OAM carries information about the area range of the secondary base station, the secondary base station can also determine whether to select the terminal according to the area information sent by the OAM The device performs logged MDT measurement. For example, if the cell accessed by the terminal device falls within the area, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform management-based logged MDT measurement.
  • the secondary base station will determine whether to select the terminal device based on the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the management-based MDT measurement allowed (management-based MDT allowed) sent by the primary base station to the secondary base station. Logged MDT measurement. For example, if the secondary base station receives management based MDT allowed, then the secondary base station can select the cell accessed by the terminal device to perform management-based logged MDT measurement.
  • the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based QoE measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal equipment supports QoE measurement, if the message from the primary base station to the secondary base station carries information about the area range of the secondary base station, if the cell accessed by the terminal equipment in the secondary base station belongs to the area range, the secondary base station selects The terminal equipment performs signaling-based QoE measurement.
  • the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform management-based QoE measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal device supports QoE measurement, the secondary base station can also determine based on the area range information sent by OAM. If the cell accessed by the terminal device in the secondary base station belongs to the area range, the secondary base station selects the terminal device for Managed QoE measurement. Further, the secondary base station will determine whether to select the terminal device based on the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the management-based MDT measurement allowed (management-based MDT allowed) sent by the primary base station to the secondary base station. QoE measurement. For example, if the secondary base station receives management based MDT allowed, the secondary base station can select the cell accessed by the terminal device to perform management-based QoE measurement.
  • the management-based MDT PLMN list management-based MDT PLMN list
  • management-based MDT measurement allowed management-based MDT allowed
  • operation 203 is optional.
  • Operation 204 the primary base station determines whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device, and negotiation is initiated between the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the primary base station has the right to make measurement configuration decisions, and the primary base station determines the secondary base station.
  • the measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also determine that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device
  • operation 203 the primary base station agrees to the first request information in operation 203 and determines that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also disagree in operation 203. The first request information for determining that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station autonomously decides that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also determine that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • signaling-based logged MDT or QoE measurement when the primary base station receives the logged MDT of the terminal equipment from the core network equipment or the previous primary base station (ie, the source base station in the handover scenario) Or QoE measurement configuration information, the primary base station can determine that the secondary base station can send the logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration to the terminal device; for management-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the primary base station is from the core network or the previous primary base station (ie When the source base station in the handover scenario receives that the terminal device can perform management MDT measurement (for example, the main base station receives management-based MDT allowed information from the core network or the primary base station before the handover), the primary base station can determine The secondary base station can send the logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • management MDT measurement when the primary base station is from the core network or the previous primary base station (ie When the source base station in the handover scenario receives that the terminal device can perform management MDT measurement (for
  • operation 209 may also be included. That is, the primary base station does not notify the secondary base station whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The base station sends the measurement configuration directly to the terminal device.
  • Operation 205 the primary base station sends the first indication information to the secondary base station.
  • the primary base station may send first indication information to the secondary base station, the first indication information indicating whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station can immediately send the first indication information to the secondary base station after determining whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, instructing the secondary base station to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it can determine whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is sent to the secondary base station, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first indication information may also carry an indication time and an indication period to indicate whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device at a specified time or indication period.
  • the first indication information may be sent by the secondary station addition request information (SeNB/SgNB Addition Request), that is, the primary base station carries the first indication information in the SeNB/SgNB Addition Request message.
  • the secondary station addition request information SeNB/SgNB Addition Request
  • the value of the first indication information is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field value is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the meaning of the specific value of the field is not limited, as long as the secondary base station can learn the decision of the primary base station, so that the secondary base station can receive the first indication information of the primary base station during the process of establishing a connection between the terminal device and the secondary base station.
  • the first indication information may be sent through a secondary station modification request (SeNB/SgNB Modification Request) message, that is, the primary base station carries the first indication information in the SeNB/SgNB Modification Request message.
  • SeNB/SgNB Modification Request secondary station modification request
  • the value of the first indication information is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field value is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • This application is not limited .
  • the first indication information may be an explicit indication message, that is, the first indication information is specifically used for a field of the primary base station's decision on whether to send the measurement configuration to the secondary base station to the terminal device.
  • at least one bit may be used to explicitly indicate whether the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. For example, when this field is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the device sends the measurement configuration, or when this field is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the meaning of the specific value of the field, as long as the secondary base station can learn the primary base station’s Just make a decision. It can also be that the primary base station only sends the first indication information to the secondary base station when the primary base station decides that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration. If the secondary base station does not receive the first indication information, it indicates that the secondary base station is instructed not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and vice versa. .
  • the first indication information indicates that the primary base station determines that it will send the measurement configuration to the terminal device or instructs the primary base station to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, then the secondary base station is implicitly instructed not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is measurement configuration information.
  • the primary base station carries MDT measurement or QOE-based configuration information or the managed MDT PLMN list (management based MDT) through the first indication information. PLMN list) and/or management based MDT allowed, that is, implicitly indicating that the secondary base station can send the configuration information of the measurement to the terminal device.
  • the measured area range will be clarified.
  • the first indication information can carry area range information. It is understandable that the above area range information can also be sent to the secondary base station in other ways, such as The foregoing area range information is sent through other fields in the message including the first indication information, or the foregoing area range information is sent through other messages, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the following examples introduce the area range carried by the first indication information.
  • the primary base station will take the MDT PLMN list (signalling based MDT PLMN) received from the core network or the previous primary base station (that is, the source base station in the handover scenario). list) and/or the MDT area range is sent to the secondary base station through the first indication information.
  • the MDT area range received by the primary base station from the core network or the previous primary base station ie, the source base station in the handover scenario
  • the MDT area range is only related to the primary base station
  • An indication message does not carry the area range.
  • the master base station will receive the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or received from the core network or the previous master base station (that is, the source base station in the handover scenario).
  • the management based MDT allowed is sent to the secondary base station through the first indication information.
  • the primary base station receives the MDT area range of the secondary base station's radio access technology (Radio Access Technology, RAT) from the operation and maintenance management entity, (for example, the area range information is the cell global identity of the secondary base station corresponding to the RAT, Tracking area code)
  • the primary base station sends the relevant configuration of the area range to the secondary base station through the first indication information.
  • the first indication information does not carry the area range.
  • the signaling-based QoE measurement is similar to the above-mentioned carrying manner, except that the area range information is the QoE measurement range.
  • operation 209 may also be included. That is, the primary base station sends the first indication information to notify the secondary base station that the measurement configuration cannot be sent to the terminal device, and the primary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the order of operation 205 and operation 209 is not limited.
  • the main base station may immediately send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after a period of time after determining the sending of the measurement configuration to the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • operation 208 may also be included, that is, the secondary base station receives that it can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the secondary base station directly agrees with the indication information of the primary base station and determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device is further decided by the secondary base station.
  • operation 208 is performed.
  • the measurement configuration is not sent to the terminal device.
  • how to determine whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration please refer to the related introduction of determining whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration capability in operation 206.
  • Operation 206 the secondary base station determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the secondary base station After receiving the first indication information sent by the primary base station in operation 205, the secondary base station further decides whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how the secondary base station further determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal equipment. Further, the secondary base station independently decides whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal equipment, that is, after receiving the first indication information, the secondary base station can select Send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or you can choose not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, the secondary base station can also determine when to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the secondary base station determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, the secondary base station determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device according to the ability information of the terminal device to support the measurement configuration. For example, for signaling-based MDT measurement, if the terminal device supports MDT measurement, the secondary base station determines to send the signaling-based MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the secondary base station can also determine according to the area information of the MDT measurement sent by the primary base station, for example, if the terminal device is connected If the incoming cell belongs to the MDT measurement area, the secondary base station sends the signaling-based MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • Operation 207 the secondary base station makes a decision on whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the secondary base station sends second indication information to the primary base station.
  • the second indication information indicates the result of the decision in operation 206, and the secondary base station can pass X2/Xn interface message to transfer the second indication information.
  • operation 209 may also be included. That is, the secondary base station sends the second indication information to the primary base station, and determines that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, then the primary base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • operation 208 may also be included. That is, the secondary base station sends the second indication information to the primary base station to instruct the secondary base station to determine to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the primary base station determines that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration.
  • operation 207 is optional.
  • Operation 208 the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the secondary base station can transmit measurement configuration information through Uu interface messages (for example, the secondary base station can first send these measurement configurations to the primary base station, and then the primary base station sends it to the terminal device; or the secondary base station directly sends it to the terminal device).
  • Uu interface messages for example, the secondary base station can first send these measurement configurations to the primary base station, and then the primary base station sends it to the terminal device; or the secondary base station directly sends it to the terminal device).
  • the secondary base station may send the signaling-based MDT PLMN list (signalling-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the cell global identity or tracking area code in the MDT area To the terminal equipment.
  • the signaling-based MDT PLMN list (signalling-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the cell global identity or tracking area code in the MDT area
  • the secondary base station may send the management-based MDT-based PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the cell global identity or tracking area code in the MDT area to the terminal equipment.
  • the secondary base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device immediately after determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device for a period of time.
  • the configuration is not limited in this application.
  • the network manager may need the type information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result (exemplarily, the manufacturer of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, etc., such as the International Mobile Equipment Identity Type Allocation Code (IMEI type allocation code) code,IMEI-TAC)).
  • the network management or tracking collection entity TCE based on the type information of the terminal device obtained, combined with the management-based MDT measurement result of the terminal device, analyzes the type information of the terminal device involved in the measurement result. Corresponding to the performance of such terminal equipment under the network.
  • the secondary base station receives the management-based MDT measurement configuration from the network management, the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the situation in which the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device in this embodiment includes the determination after negotiation with the primary base station, and also includes the secondary base station autonomously determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • this implementation introduces how the network management or tracking collection entity TCE obtains the type information of the terminal device.
  • the network manager sends the management-based MDT measurement configuration information to the base station and carries the first network management indication information, indicating whether to obtain the type information of the terminal device (for example, whether to send the type information of the terminal device to the TCE).
  • the first network management indication information may be display indication information (for example, MDT data anonymization indication, the value may be an enumerated type, the value may be no identification, or TMEI-TAC is required), or it may be implicit indication information.
  • the application embodiment does not limit the specific bearing mode of the first network management indication information, as long as the base station can learn whether the network management or tracking collection entity TCE requires terminal device type information. It should be noted that the tracking collection entity TCE in all the embodiments of this application may be other entities, that is, the base station may send the measurement results to other entities.
  • the secondary base station may send the first request indication information to the primary base station through the interface (for example, X2 or Xn interface) with the primary base station.
  • the indication information may be a privacy indicator (privacy indicator).
  • the management-based MDT measurement configuration information sent by the network management to the secondary base station indicates that the current configuration information is immediate MDT configuration information
  • the first request indication information takes the value of immediate MDT measurement; when the network management sends the management-based measurement to the secondary base station
  • the MDT measurement configuration information indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT configuration information
  • the value of the first request indication information is logged MDT measurement.
  • the secondary base station may send the first request indication information through the secondary base station modification required message (S-NODE modification required or SgNB modification required). Further, when the secondary base station sends the first request indication information to the primary base station, it can also carry the trace recording session reference (Trace Recording Session Reference), the trace reference (Trace Reference), and the global cell identification of the serving cell of the terminal (cell global identification). ,CGI), track at least one of the IP addresses of the collecting entity.
  • the secondary base station may send the first request indication information to the primary base station after receiving the MDT measurement result of the terminal device, and may also send the first request indication information to the primary base station at other times.
  • the primary base station after the primary base station receives the first request indication information sent by the secondary base station, the primary base station interacts with the control plane signaling of the core network equipment (for example, the cell service tracking sent by the base station to the core network in the S1 or NG interface) The message cell traffic trace) sends the second request indication information to the core network device.
  • the indication content of the second request indication information and the first request indication information may be the same.
  • the core network device After that, after the core network device receives the second request indication information, it will look up the type information of the terminal, and send the type information of the terminal device to the network management or tracking collection entity TCE.
  • the secondary base station When the first request indication information indicates that the terminal device identifier is not required, the secondary base station does not need to send the second request indication information to the primary base station, that is, the network management or the tracking collection entity TCE does not need to know the type information of the terminal device.
  • the situation where the secondary base station requests the primary base station/core network to report the terminal equipment type information to the tracking collection entity includes the situation where the primary and secondary base stations determine that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration after negotiation, that is, the secondary base station determines After sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the process of reporting the terminal device type information to the network management or tracking collection entity TCE in this embodiment may be before operation 208 or after operation 208, which is not limited; it also includes that the secondary base station independently determines to send to the terminal device In the case of measurement configuration, that is, without negotiating with the primary base station, when the secondary base station autonomously determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, it determines whether to request the primary base station/core network to report the type information of the terminal device according to the received first network management instruction information.
  • the primary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station can send the measurement configuration through a Uu interface message.
  • the main base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device immediately after determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after the main base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device for a period of time.
  • the configuration is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the measurement configuration issued by the base station, the terminal device records the corresponding measurement result according to the corresponding measurement configuration. Generally, the terminal device also sends the measurement result to the base station, and the base station sends the measurement report to the Trace Collection Entity (TCE).
  • the measurement report carries the measurement result and the radio access technology (Radio Access Technology) corresponding to the measurement result.
  • Technology, RAT radio access technology
  • operation 208 or operation 209 sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device and the terminal device obtains the measurement result, it may also include operation 210 and operation 211. It should be noted that the base station may send the measurement result to the collecting entity immediately after receiving the measurement result, or may send it to the collecting entity after a period of time, which is not limited in this application.
  • Operation 210 the terminal device sends the measurement result to the base station (primary base station or secondary base station).
  • the terminal device may send the measurement result to the main base station through the control plane bearer or the user plane bearer of the Uu interface, and at the same time may also transmit the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result through the Uu interface information.
  • the RAT information may be the RAT type information of the service bearer corresponding to the measurement result, for example, the service is carried in LTE, or the service is carried in NR, which is not limited by this application.
  • the RAT information may be the type information of the access network device that issued the measurement configuration or received the measurement result (for example, NR base station or LTE base station);
  • the RAT information may be the cell global identity of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device initiates a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection to the primary base station, the terminal device may carry fourth indication information in the RRC message, and the fourth indication information indicates that the current terminal device has recorded the measurement result .
  • the fourth indication information may also indicate that the current terminal device has recorded a measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station.
  • the primary base station After receiving the fourth indication information, the primary base station may send a request for measurement result recording to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send the measurement result to the primary base station after receiving the request.
  • the fourth indication information can be carried in the RRC Setup Complete (RRCSetupComplete) message to instruct the terminal device to record the measurement result, and then the primary base station carries it in the terminal equipment information request (InformationRequest) Fifth indication information, the fifth indication information instructing the terminal device to send the measurement result to the primary base station. After that, the terminal device sends the measurement result to the main base station in the terminal device information response (InformationResponse).
  • the primary base station may send the measurement result to the secondary base station after obtaining the measurement result.
  • the terminal device can also send the measurement result to the secondary base station.
  • the sending object is the secondary base station
  • the interface is the interface between the terminal device and the secondary base station (ie
  • the terminal equipment carries an indication information in the RRC message to the secondary base station, which indicates that the terminal equipment has recorded the measurement result.
  • the secondary base station can send a request to the terminal equipment to report the measurement result, and the terminal equipment receives the request Then send the measurement result to the secondary base station).
  • the secondary base station sends the measurement result to the primary base station.
  • the secondary base station may send the measurement result to the primary base station through the Xn interface.
  • the primary base station when the fourth indication information indicates that the current terminal equipment has recorded the measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station, after the primary base station receives the fourth indication information, the primary base station sends an indication information (corresponding The value may be the same as the value of the fourth indication information), indicating that the terminal device has a measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station.
  • the secondary base station After the secondary base station receives the instruction, the secondary base station can send a request to the terminal device to report the measurement result, and the terminal device sends the measurement result to the secondary base station after receiving the request.
  • the base station that receives the measurement result sent by the terminal device may not be the same base station that previously issued the measurement configuration.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the measurement configuration, when the terminal device enters the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device records the corresponding measurement result according to the corresponding measurement configuration, and then the terminal device enters the RRC_CONNECTED state , The terminal device sends the measurement result to the base station. Due to the mobility of the terminal equipment, the base station sending the measurement configuration may not be the same base station as the base station receiving the measurement results.
  • Operation 210 is optional.
  • Operation 211 the base station (primary base station or secondary base station) sends a measurement report to the collection entity.
  • the primary base station After the primary base station receives the measurement report, where the measurement report carries the measurement result and the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result, the primary base station can report the measurement report to the collecting entity according to the IP address of the collecting entity. In this case, the collecting entity will report the measurement report according to the measurement report.
  • the RAT type corresponding to the measurement result can be known, so that the performance information of the network can be known, and the specific network can be optimized.
  • the secondary base station may also send a measurement report to the collecting entity.
  • the primary base station sends the measurement report to the collection entity.
  • the base station may also add the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result and send it to the collecting entity.
  • Operation 211 is optional.
  • the base station through which the terminal equipment uploads the measurement results and the base station through which the measurement configuration is issued are not necessarily the same base station. In other words, the terminal equipment can send measurement results to other base stations that provide services for it. Therefore, operation 210 and operation 211 is optional.
  • two sets of measurement configurations may be sent to the terminal in a dual-connection scenario (for example, one set of MDT measurement configurations for LTE standard, one The set is the MDT measurement configuration of the NR standard); it may also be necessary to perform measurements at different frequency points (for example, one set of low-frequency QoE measurement configuration, one set of high-frequency QoE measurement configuration), that is, there may be permission to terminal equipment Send at least two sets of measurement configuration scenarios.
  • the following embodiments of the present application take the sending of two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device as an example, and briefly introduce how to negotiate and send the measurement configuration between the access network devices. It is understandable that in a scenario where multiple sets of measurement configurations need to be sent to the terminal device, if the measurement configurations are independently sent between the access network devices, coverage between the measurement configurations may also occur, causing a problem of wasting measurement resources. Based on this, the method of sending a measurement configuration to a terminal device after negotiation between the first access network device and the second access network device mentioned in the 200 method of this application is also applicable to multiple access network devices sending multiple sets to the terminal device. Under the measurement scenario.
  • the first access network device and the second access network device send two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device through negotiation.
  • the first access network device has the decision-making power to send the measurement configuration.
  • It can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how to send two sets of measurement configurations to terminal devices through negotiation between access network devices.
  • the first access network device sends two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device, and the first indication information indicates that the second access network device cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device sends first indication information to the second access network device, instructing the second access network device to send two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information The relevant information of the two sets of measurement configurations (for example, the management-based MDT measurement configuration of the LTE standard, or the high-frequency QoE measurement configuration) can be carried.
  • the first access network device sends first indication information to the second access network device, instructing the second access network device to send a set of measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the first access network device Both the network device and the second access network device only send one set of measurement configurations to the terminal device.
  • the first access network device negotiates with multiple second access network devices to send one or more sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device, where the first access network device has a measurement configuration to send
  • the negotiation between the primary base station and two secondary base stations (denoted as the first secondary base station and the second secondary base station respectively for the convenience of description) is taken as an example in the embodiment of this application, and is specifically divided into the following options Introduce how the primary base station and multiple secondary base stations negotiate to send a set of measurement configurations to the terminal equipment.
  • the primary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device
  • the seventh indication information indicates that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device
  • the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and through the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and through the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the first secondary base station sends the fourth request information to the primary base station to request the measurement configuration to be sent to the terminal device, the primary base station agrees with the fourth request information, and the primary base station indicates through the eighth indication information that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal The device sends the measurement configuration.
  • the second secondary base station sends the fifth request information to the primary base station to request the measurement configuration to be sent to the terminal device, the primary base station agrees with the fifth request information, and the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal.
  • the device sends the measurement configuration. It is understandable that the first access network device and multiple second access network devices can also send multiple sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device after negotiation.
  • the negotiation mechanism is similar to the foregoing embodiment, and only one set of measurement configurations is sent after negotiation. The difference in configuration is that the first access network device can instruct multiple second access network devices to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device needs to allocate memory for the measurement results. Due to the limitation of the limited memory resources of the terminal device, this application proposes a memory allocation method for the measurement results corresponding to multiple sets of measurement configurations.
  • a flexible memory storage method specifically, the memory can be independent or shared.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication method corresponding to FIG. 3 includes:
  • Operation 301 The terminal device obtains at least two sets of measurement configurations.
  • the two sets of measurement configurations can be a set of high-frequency QoE measurement configurations and a set of low-frequency QoE measurement configurations, or both sets of measurement configurations can be logged MDT measurements.
  • the two sets of measurement configurations may be sent by the primary base station, or the secondary base station may send two sets of measurement configurations, or the primary base station sends a set of measurement configurations and the secondary base station sends a set of measurement configurations.
  • the measurement configuration can be received through an RRC message.
  • Operation 302 the primary base station or the secondary base station sends sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results, which may be independent memory storage or shared memory storage. It is understandable that the primary base station may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device, or the secondary base station may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the sixth indication information may be sent to the terminal device through the Uu interface.
  • Operation 302 is optional.
  • Operation 303 The terminal device determines the memory allocation mode.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the two sets of measurement configurations, the terminal device needs to determine the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results corresponding to the two sets of measurement configurations.
  • it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce the memory allocation methods of the two sets of measurement results of the terminal device:
  • the memory of the two sets of measurement results are independent, that is, the two sets of measurement results have their own independent memory.
  • the terminal device allocates 64K and 64K of memory for the two sets of measurement results. This application Not limited.
  • this allocation mode when the memory corresponding to the logged MDT corresponding to a certain radio access technology is full, only the measurement and measurement result recording corresponding to the logged MDT of the radio access technology is stopped.
  • the terminal device may discard the saved measurement results of the logged MDT record of the wireless access technology after a certain time (for example, 48 hours). That is to say, after the memory corresponding to the logged MDT corresponding to a certain wireless access technology is full, it does not affect the measurement and measurement result recording of the logged MDT corresponding to another wireless access technology.
  • the memory allocation ratio can be further determined.
  • the allocation ratio is 3:1, and the total memory reserved by the terminal device for the measurement result is 128K, and the terminal device allocates 96K and 32K memory for the two sets of measurement results, which is not limited by this application. It should be noted that this embodiment of the application does not limit how the terminal device selects the memory allocation ratio.
  • the sixth indication message sent by the base station in operation 302 may carry the memory allocation ratio, or the base station may newly define a message to send the memory allocation ratio to the terminal device, or the terminal device may determine the memory allocation ratio internally. limited.
  • the memory allocation method of the two sets of measurement results is shared, that is, the two sets of measurement results share the memory. This will increase the maximum value of the memory that a single measurement result can store. For example, if the total shared memory of two sets of measurement results is 128K, the maximum memory that can be stored in a single measurement result is 128K, which will be larger than 64K in the case of independent memory allocation, which provides flexible memory allocation options and maximizes the use of memory .
  • this allocation mode when the memory for storing the logged MDT measurement record of the terminal device is full, the logged MDT measurement and recording corresponding to the two wireless access technologies is stopped.
  • the terminal device can discard the saved measurement results of the logged MDT record after a certain period of time (for example, 48 hours). That is to say, after the memory corresponding to the logged MDT is full, the measurement and measurement result recording of the logged MDT corresponding to the two wireless access technologies are stopped.
  • a certain period of time for example, 48 hours
  • the terminal device can further determine the priority of the measurement result, that is, the terminal device preferentially stores the measurement result with high priority, or for the measurement result of the same type of measurement, the terminal device can use the measurement result with high priority Overwrite low-priority measurement results. It is understandable that the priority of the measurement result can be specified by the access network device or independently determined by the terminal device. It should be noted that the priority storage or overwriting here may refer to the behavior when the memory corresponding to the logged MDT of the terminal device is full.
  • the terminal device may determine the memory allocation method according to the sixth instruction information sent by the base station in operation 302, that is, the sixth instruction information indicates which memory allocation method is used. It is also possible that the protocol specifies which memory allocation method is used, or the internal implementation of the terminal device may completely determine the memory allocation method, which is not limited by this application.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives multiple measurement configurations, for example, the terminal device receives two sets of measurement configurations respectively sent by the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the terminal device decides whether to cover the measurement configuration, that is, the terminal device decides to keep several measurement configurations. such as.
  • the terminal device has the ability to retain two sets of measurement configurations
  • the terminal device receives the two sets of configurations, there is no need to cover the measurement configuration, and the terminal can retain both sets of measurement configurations at the same time.
  • the terminal device only has the ability to maintain one set of measurement configurations
  • the terminal device when the terminal device receives two sets of measurement configurations, the terminal performs measurement configuration coverage (for example, the latest measurement configuration covers the measurement configuration received before).
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 is exemplified by two base stations and the terminal receives two sets of measurement configurations.
  • the method described in the embodiment in FIG. 3 can also be applied to two base stations and the terminal receives multiple sets of measurement.
  • Configuration, and further, applicable to scenarios where multiple base stations and multiple sets of measurement configurations are received by the terminal, the processing method for the above multiple base stations and multiple sets of measurement configurations is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3,
  • the access network equipment determines the memory allocation method for the measurement results corresponding to multiple measurement configurations, or the terminal device independently determines the memory allocation method.
  • the memory allocation for the measurement results corresponding to multiple measurement configurations can be independent or Is shared.
  • the access network device or the terminal device may indicate the priority of multiple sets of measurement results.
  • the measurement in immediate MDT may be performed by different entities of the base station.
  • the measurement is performed by the DU, and for the power headroom measurement of the terminal device, the terminal device reports to the DU.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result to the CU.
  • the measurement may be performed by CU-UP.
  • operators they may want to know the measurement results performed or obtained by different entities of the same terminal device. If these measurement results are first uniformly sent to a certain entity of the base station, it will cause a large number of measurement result interactions between different entities (such as F1/E1 ports), which will bring a relatively large interaction load.
  • each entity of the base station sends the corresponding results directly to the tracking collection entity TCE.
  • a method is needed for TCE to know that the measurement results from various entities are about the same terminal device.
  • each entity when each entity sends a measurement result to the TCE, it carries identification information so that the TCE knows whether the measurement result received from each entity is about the same terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following will specifically describe how the TCE learns that the measurement results received from each entity of a single base station are about the same terminal device with reference to FIG. 4 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method corresponding to FIG. 4 includes:
  • Operation 410 When each entity of the base station collects the corresponding MDT measurement result, it sends the corresponding measurement result to the tracking collection entity TCE, and carries identification information about the corresponding terminal device.
  • each entity of the base station (such as CU-CP, CU-UP, DU) will receive their corresponding measurement configuration.
  • CU-CP when CU-CP receives the corresponding MDT measurement configuration from the core network or network management, CU-CP will send the measurement configuration related to other entities to other entities (for example, CU-CP sends to CU-UP through E1 interface, CU- The CP is sent to the DU through the F1 interface).
  • the identification information of the terminal device may be a cell radio temporary identification C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal device.
  • the CU-CP when it reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's F1-C port identification information on the CU-CP side (such as gNB-CU UE F1AP ID), and the terminal device is in the DU
  • the identification information of the F1-C port on the side (such as gNB-DU UE F1AP ID), and the identification information of the E1 port on the CU-CP side allocated by CU-CP for the terminal device (such as gNB-CU-CP UE E1AP ID)
  • CU-UP is the identification information of the E1 port on the CU-UP side allocated by the terminal device (such as gNB-CU-UP UE E1AP ID), and the C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the CU-UP when it reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: CU-CP assigns the terminal device’s E1 port identification information on the CU-CP side, and CU-UP assigns the terminal device’s
  • the identification information of the E1 port on the CU-UP side, the identification information of the F1-U port on the CU-UP side allocated by the CU-UP for the terminal device (such as the transport layer address and the GTP tunnel on the CU-UP side in the F1-U port Port identification), the identification information of the F1-U port on the DU side allocated by the DU for the terminal device (for example, the transport layer address on the DU side in the F1-U port and the GTP tunnel port identification), and the C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.
  • the DU when it reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: CU-CP allocates F1-C port identification information on the CU-CP side for the terminal device, and DU allocates the terminal device on the DU side
  • the identification information of the F1-C port, CU-UP is the identification information of the F1-U port on the CU-UP side allocated by the terminal device, and the DU is the identification information of the F1-U port on the DU side allocated by the terminal device ,
  • the C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.
  • an entity (such as CU-CP) allocates an identifier (the existing RAN UE ID in the protocol can be used), and sends the identifier to other entities (such as CU-CP sends the identifier to CU- UP and DU).
  • each entity carries the identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device.
  • each entity may also interact with the identification of other entities (for example, CU-CP sends the identification of DU to CU- UP).
  • CU-UP also carries the identity of the DU when reporting.
  • CU-CP also carries the identity of the DU when reporting.
  • CU-CP can also report their respective logo.
  • CU-UP, CU-CP, and DU will carry a trace ID when receiving the corresponding measurement configuration.
  • Each entity may carry the tracking identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device.
  • the measurement results of multiple entities need to be integrated to obtain the final result.
  • each entity periodically measures the delay in the corresponding entity (such as the delay on the CU-UP side, the delay on the DU side, etc.) in each entity.
  • the measurement results in each entity need to be integrated.
  • each entity can also carry a measurement sequence number, which represents the sequence number of the measurement period corresponding to the measurement result. In this way, the tracking collection entity TCE can obtain the corresponding measurement period of the entire wireless side in the same measurement period according to the measurement sequence number. Time delay (for example, the sum of the measurement results of each entity in the same measurement sequence number is regarded as the time delay on the wireless side).
  • each entity also carries time information, which indicates that each entity receives or sends time information corresponding to these measurement results.
  • the above steps may be for immediate MDT based on management.
  • the above steps may also be directed to immediate MDT based on signaling.
  • management-based immediate MDT and signaling-based immediate use different methods.
  • Management-based immediate MDT uses the above methods.
  • CU-CP can receive data from the core network.
  • the trace ID is sent to CU-UP and DU.
  • the CU-CP, CU-UP and DU carry the tracking identifier when sending the measurement result to the TCE, so that the TCE can associate the measurement result of a certain terminal device in the CU-CP/CU-UP/DU according to the tracking identifier.
  • the tracking collection entity TCE associates the MDT measurement results collected from various entities of the base station to the same terminal device according to the identification information of the terminal device.
  • the tracking collection entity TCE carries the identification information of the terminal device when collecting and reporting the measurement results according to the various entities of the base station, and can associate the measurement results with the same terminal device.
  • the measurement results reported by each entity are associated with the same terminal device according to the C-RNTI.
  • the measurement results sent by the CU-CP and the DU can be associated with the same terminal device.
  • the measurement results sent by the CU-UP and the DU can be associated with the same terminal device.
  • the measurement results sent by the CU-CP and CU-UP can be associated with the same terminal device.
  • the above method for the TCE to learn whether the measurement results received from each entity are about the same terminal device can also be extended between other entities, such as between the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following will specifically describe how the TCE learns that the measurement results received from entities of multiple base stations are about the same terminal device with reference to FIG. 5 in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method corresponding to FIG. 4 includes:
  • Operation 510 When the two base stations collect the corresponding MDT measurement results, they send the corresponding measurement results to the tracking collection entity TCE, and carry identification information about the corresponding terminal devices.
  • the two base stations will receive their corresponding measurement configurations.
  • the primary base station will send the measurement configuration to the secondary base station according to the measurement configuration received from the core network or network management.
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station respectively receive the measurement configuration from the network management.
  • the identification information of the terminal device may be the cell radio temporary identification C-RNTI allocated by each base station to the terminal.
  • the primary base station sends the measurement result of the terminal, it carries the C-RNTI respectively allocated by the primary base station and the secondary base station to the terminal equipment.
  • -RNTI when the secondary base station sends the measurement result of the terminal, it carries the C-RNTI allocated by the primary base station and the secondary base station to the terminal device.
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station will exchange the C-RNTI allocated to the terminal device.
  • the main base station when it reports the measurement results, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the main base station side (such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifier), the Xn or X2 port identification information of the terminal device on the secondary base station side (such as SN UE XnAP ID or SN UE X2AP ID, or/and the SN side of the user plane Transport layer address and GTP tunnel port identifier), the terminal equipment is in the C-RNTI corresponding to the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the main base station side such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifie
  • the secondary base station when it reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the primary base station side (such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifier), the Xn or X2 port identification information of the terminal device on the secondary base station side (such as SN UE XnAP ID or SN UE X2AP ID, or/and the SN side of the user plane Transport layer address and GTP tunnel port identifier), the terminal equipment is in the C-RNTI corresponding to the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the primary base station side such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifie
  • a certain base station for example, a primary base station allocates an identifier
  • the base station sends the identifier to other base stations.
  • the base station carries the identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device.
  • each base station in addition to carrying the identification information of the above terminal equipment, each base station also carries time information, which indicates the time information corresponding to each base station receiving or sending these measurement results.
  • the above steps may be for immediate MDT based on management.
  • the above steps may also be directed to immediate MDT based on signaling.
  • management-based immediate MDT and signaling-based immediate use different methods.
  • Management-based immediate MDT uses the above methods.
  • the master base station can take the information received from the core network
  • the trace ID is sent to the secondary base station.
  • the tracking identifier is carried, so that the TCE can associate the measurement results of a certain terminal device at the primary base station and the secondary base station according to the tracking identifier.
  • the CU of the base station may also send the above identification information of the terminal device to other entities of the base station (for example, the CU-CP sends the terminal The identification information of the device is sent to CU-UP and DU).
  • the tracking collection entity TCE associates the MDT measurement results collected from each base station to the same terminal device according to the identification information of the terminal device.
  • the tracking collection entity TCE carries the identification information of the terminal device when collecting and reporting the measurement result of each base station, and can associate the measurement result to the same terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 may be coupled or independent of each other.
  • FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 can be coupled with other embodiments in this application, or can be independent of other embodiments in this application.
  • the method implemented by the base station can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit) that can be configured in the base station; the method implemented by a terminal device can also be implemented by the terminal device.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • FIG. 6 shows a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the structure and functions of the access network device 600 will be described below with reference to FIG. 6.
  • the communication device 600 can implement any function corresponding to the access network device in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 2 to 5, and the communication device 600 may be the access network device mentioned in the above embodiment.
  • the device is, for example, the main base station introduced in the above embodiment.
  • the communication device 600 includes at least one processing unit 610 and a sending unit 630.
  • processing unit in the embodiment of the present application may be called a processing module
  • receiving unit may also be called a receiving module
  • sending unit may also be called a sending module
  • the communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the first access network device in the above method embodiment, for example, it can be the first access network device, or the main base station, or be configured in The chip in the main base station.
  • the communication apparatus 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the first access network device in the above method 200, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a method for executing the method executed by the first access network device in the method 200 in FIG. Unit.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to determine that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to send first indication information to the second access network device, and indicate whether the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device through the first indication information.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a receiving unit 620.
  • the receiving unit 620 may be configured to receive third indication information from the terminal device, where the third indication information includes capability information of the measurement configuration supported by the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 610 may also determine whether the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device according to the third indication information.
  • the receiving unit 620 is further configured to receive second indication information from the second access network device, and the processing unit 610 is further configured to make further decisions based on the content of the second indication information, for example, the second indication information indicates the second access
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to determine not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information indicates that when the second access network device determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the processing unit 610 is configured to determine to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the processing unit 610 is configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. In the case of indicating different contents, corresponding processing shall be made.
  • the receiving unit 620 is further configured to receive the measurement result from the terminal device. It can be understood that the receiving unit 620 may also be configured to receive the measurement result from the second access network device.
  • the sending unit 630 may also be used to send the measurement result to the collecting entity.
  • the communication device 600 can also correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the main base station in the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, and the communication device 600 may include the main base station for performing the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, respectively.
  • the sending unit 630 is used to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 610 is used to determine the memory allocation of the two sets of measurement results.
  • Mode optional, can also determine the memory allocation ratio.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation modes of the two sets of measurement results.
  • the sixth indication information may also include an indication of the memory allocation ratio, which is optional Yes, the sending unit 630 is also configured to send two sets of measurement results memory allocation ratios to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the tracking collection entity.
  • the sending unit 630 may also It is used to send the identification information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result.
  • the sending unit 630 may also be used to allocate the cell radio temporary identifier C-RNTI to the terminal device.
  • the communication apparatus 600 can correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the second access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • it can be the second access network device, or can be a secondary base station, or be configured in The chip in the secondary base station.
  • the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the second access network device in the above method 200, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the second access network device in the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.
  • the receiving unit 620 may be configured to receive first indication information from the first access network device, and the first indication information indicates The measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 610 is further configured to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, the second indication information indicating whether it is determined to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit 620 may receive the measurement result by receiving a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including the measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send a measurement report to the first access network device.
  • the communication device 600 may also correspond to the secondary base station in the methods 300-500 in FIG. 3 to FIG. 5, and the communication device 600 may include a method for performing the methods performed by the secondary base station in the methods 300-500 in FIG. 3 to FIG. Unit.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, respectively.
  • the sending unit 630 is used to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 610 is used to determine the memory allocation of the two sets of measurement results.
  • Mode optional, can also determine the memory allocation ratio.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation modes of the two sets of measurement results.
  • the sixth indication information may also include an indication of the memory allocation ratio, which is optional Yes, the sending unit 630 is also configured to send two sets of measurement results memory allocation ratios to the terminal device.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the tracking collection entity.
  • the sending unit 630 may also It is used to send the identification information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result.
  • the sending unit 630 may also be used to allocate the cell radio temporary identifier C-RNTI to the terminal device.
  • the communication device 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 600 may correspond to the terminal device in the above methods 200-500, and the communication device 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2-5.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2 to 5, respectively.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to send third instruction information to the first access network device, and the third instruction information includes the measurement supported by the terminal device. Configured capability information.
  • the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a measurement configuration from an access network device (the first access network device or the second access network device), and the processing unit 610 is configured to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration to obtain a measurement result.
  • the sending unit 630 is further configured to send the measurement result to the access network device.
  • the receiving unit 620 is used to obtain multiple sets of measurement configurations from the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the receiving unit 620 is also used to The base station or the secondary base station receives sixth indication information, which is used to indicate the memory allocation mode of the multiple sets of measurement results obtained by the terminal according to the measurement configuration, and the processing unit 610 is configured to determine the memory allocation mode of the multiple sets of measurement results.
  • the processing unit 610 is also used to determine the allocation ratio of multiple sets of measurement result memory.
  • the processing unit 610 is also used to determine the priority of the measurement result and store the measurement result according to the priority.
  • the processing unit 610 is also configured to use high-priority measurement results to cover low-priority measurement results.
  • the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the base station (primary base station or secondary base station).
  • the communication device 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operation of the tracking and collecting entity TCE in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be a TCE or a chip configured in the TCE.
  • the communication device 600 may correspond to the TCE in the above methods 200-500, and the communication device 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the TCE in the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2-5.
  • the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2 to 5, respectively.
  • the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive data from the first access network device or the second access network device, for example, The primary base station or the secondary base station receives the measurement result.
  • the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a second access network device from the first access network device, such as It is the entity of the primary base station or the secondary base station that receives the measurement results.
  • the processing unit 610 is configured to associate measurement results collected from each base station to the same terminal device.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a storage unit 640.
  • the storage unit 640 may be used to store other information such as computer execution instructions and/or data.
  • the processing unit 610 can read instructions or data stored in the storage unit 640 to implement a corresponding solution.
  • the processing unit 610 may be a processor, such as the processor 701 shown in FIG. 7.
  • the sending unit 630 and the receiving unit 620 may also be transceivers, such as the transceiver 703 shown in FIG. 7, or the sending unit 630 and the receiving unit 620 may also be communication interfaces.
  • the storage unit 640 may be a memory, such as a memory 702 as shown in FIG. 7.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a possible communication device 700 in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor 701, a memory 702, and optionally includes a transceiver 703 and a system bus 704.
  • the bus 704 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus.
  • the bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the transceiver 703 is used for the communication device 700 to communicate with other communication equipment (such as wireless access network equipment, or terminal equipment, which is not limited here), such as interactive control signaling and/or service data. 703 can be realized by a circuit with communication transceiver functions.
  • the memory 702 is used to store required program instructions and/or data. When the at least one processor calls the program instructions stored in the memory for execution, the communication device is made to implement the function of the first access network device in any of the methods 200 to 500, or the at least one processor calls the memory When the program instructions stored in the program are executed, the communication device realizes the function of the second access network device in any design of the methods 200 to 500.
  • the at least one processor 701, the memory 702, and the transceiver 703 are coupled through the system bus 704.
  • the processor and transceiver device described in each embodiment of this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printing Printed circuit board (PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be manufactured using various 1C process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal Oxide Semiconductor (Positive Channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, PMOS), Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), Silicon Germanium (SiGe), Gallium Arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal Oxide Semiconductor
  • BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor
  • BiCMOS Bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe Silicon German
  • the processor may include one or more processors, for example, including one or more CPUs.
  • the processor may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • the transceiver device is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals.
  • the transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals, and the transceiver may also be a communication interface.
  • Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable programmable read only memory, EPROM), read-only optical disk ( compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), this memory is used to store related instructions and/or data.
  • RAM random access memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable memory
  • EPROM erasable programmable read only memory
  • CD-ROM compact disc read-only memory
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. To another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and device. Said method comprises: a first access network device determining that a second access network device can send measurement configuration to a terminal device; the first access network device sending first indication information to the second access network device, the first indication information indicating that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, both the first access network device and the second access network device providing services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration comprising minimization of drive test (MDT) measurement configuration and/or user quality of experience (QoE) measurement configuration. The method of the present application can achieve that the first access network device has a decision right to send the measurement configuration, and the measurement configuration is sent to the terminal device after negotiation between access network devices.

Description

通信方法和设备Communication method and equipment 技术领域Technical field

本发明涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法和设备。The present invention relates to the field of communication, in particular to a communication method and equipment.

背景技术Background technique

在无线网络中,终端设备可能和多个接入网设备通信,即双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC),也称为MR-DC(Multi-Radio dual connectivity),多个接入网设备可以属于同一制式,也可以属于不同制式。在双连接场景下,为了检测和优化无线网络中的问题和故障,需要接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置。In a wireless network, terminal equipment may communicate with multiple access network equipment, that is, dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC), also known as MR-DC (Multi-Radio dual connectivity), multiple access network equipment can belong to the same The system can also belong to different systems. In the dual-connection scenario, in order to detect and optimize the problems and failures in the wireless network, the access network device needs to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

最小化路测技术(Minimization of Drive-Tests,MDT)的基本思想是运营商通过签约用户的商用终端进行测量上报来部分替代传统的路测工作,实现自动收集终端测量数据,以获知网络的性能,及检测和优化无线网络中的问题和故障。MDT包括logged MDT和immediate MDT,其中,Immediate MDT主要针对处于无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)的终端设备进行的测量,而logged MDT主要针对处于空闲态(RRC_IDLE)或RRC非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的终端设备进行的测量。The basic idea of Minimization of Drive-Tests (MDT) is that operators use commercial terminals of contracted users to perform measurement and report to partially replace traditional drive tests, and to automatically collect terminal measurement data to learn network performance. , And detect and optimize the problems and failures in the wireless network. MDT includes logged MDT and immediate MDT. Immediate MDT is mainly for the measurement of terminal equipment in the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), and logged MDT is mainly for the measurement in the idle state (RRC_IDLE) or RRC Measurement performed by the terminal device in the inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).

对于一些流类业务或者语音业务或其他业务而言,单纯的信号质量并不能体现用户在使用这些业务时的用户体验,运营商通过进行用户体验质量(Quality of Experience,QoE)测量,根据测量报告优化网络以提高用户的体验质量。For some streaming services or voice services or other services, the signal quality alone cannot reflect the user experience when users use these services. Operators measure the Quality of Experience (QoE) according to the measurement report. Optimize the network to improve the quality of user experience.

由于多个接入网设备为终端设备提供服务,终端设备能接收到的测量配置的套数的最大值与为其服务的接入网设备的个数有关(例如,第一接入网向终端设备发送了一套MDT测量配置,第二接入网设备也向终端设备发送了一套MDT测量配置,这样的话,终端设备接收到了两套MDT的测量配置)。为终端设备提供服务的多个接入网设备向终端设备发送同一类型的测量配置时,可能会产生测量配置之间发生覆盖,终端设备将根据之前的测量配置得到的测量结果删除的情况,造成测量开销的浪费。Since multiple access network devices provide services for the terminal device, the maximum number of measurement configuration sets that the terminal device can receive is related to the number of access network devices it serves (for example, the first access network provides services to the terminal device). A set of MDT measurement configuration is sent, and the second access network device also sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device. In this case, the terminal device receives two sets of MDT measurement configuration). When multiple access network devices that provide services to the terminal device send the same type of measurement configuration to the terminal device, coverage between the measurement configurations may occur, and the terminal device will delete the measurement results obtained from the previous measurement configuration, resulting in Measure the waste of overhead.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供的通信方法通过第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备之间的协商,使第一接入网设备具备发送测量配置的决策权,避免同一类测量配置之间发生覆盖,解决了因测量配置之间覆盖造成的测量开销的浪费的问题。The communication method provided in this application enables the first access network device to have the decision-making power to send measurement configurations through the negotiation between the first access network device and the second access network device, avoiding coverage between the same type of measurement configuration, The problem of waste of measurement overhead caused by coverage between measurement configurations is solved.

如果向终端设备发送的测量配置的套数大于协议中规定的最大值,或者,大于终端设备支持测量配置的套数的最大值,测量配置之间会产生覆盖,按照之前测量配置产生的测量结果会被删除,造成测量开销的浪费。例如,当终端设备仅能支持一套MDT测量配置,第一接入网设备先向终端设备发送了一套MDT测量配置,第二接入网设备之后也向终端设备发送了一套MDT测量配置,终端设备在收到第二接入网设备发送的MDT测量配置的时候,会覆盖第一接入网设备发送的MDT测量配置,同时也会删除该MDT测量结果。If the number of measurement configurations sent to the terminal device is greater than the maximum value specified in the agreement, or greater than the maximum number of measurement configurations supported by the terminal device, coverage will occur between the measurement configurations, and the measurement results generated according to the previous measurement configuration will be Delete, cause waste of measurement overhead. For example, when the terminal device can only support one set of MDT measurement configuration, the first access network device first sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the second access network device also sends a set of MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device afterwards. When the terminal device receives the MDT measurement configuration sent by the second access network device, it will overwrite the MDT measurement configuration sent by the first access network device, and also delete the MDT measurement result.

第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,包括:第一接入网设备首先确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置,并通过向第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息来通知 第二接入网设备,其中,该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备均为终端设备提供服务,该测量配置包括MDT测量配置和/或QoE测量配置。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a first access network device first determines that the second access network device can send a measurement configuration to a terminal device, and sends the first access network device to the second access network device. The instruction information is used to notify the second access network device, where the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration.

结合第一方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置包括:With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the first access network device determining that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device includes:

第一接入网设备确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置,在该约束下,第一接入网设备确定由第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置,其中,第一接入网设备具备发送测量配置的决策权。The first access network device determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. Under this constraint, the first access network device determines that the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The network equipment has the decision-making power to send the measurement configuration.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in the second possible implementation of the first aspect, the first access network device determines that only one set of measurements can be sent to the terminal device. Configuration includes:

协议只支持向终端设备发送一套测量配置。The protocol only supports sending a set of measurement configurations to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the first to second possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device determines that it can only send to the terminal device A set of measurement configuration includes:

通过终端设备的能力信息获知该终端设备只具有支持一套测量配置的能力。It is learned from the capability information of the terminal device that the terminal device only has the ability to support one set of measurement configurations.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备从所述终端设备接收第三指示信息,该第三指示信息包括所述终端设备支持测量配置的能力信息,第一接入网设备根据该第三指示信息确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to third possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device receives the third indication from the terminal device The third indication information includes the capability information of the terminal device to support measurement configuration, and the first access network device determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device according to the third indication information.

也就是说,在确定了终端设备只能被配置一套测量配置之后,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备启动协商,确定仅由一个接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置。That is, after it is determined that the terminal device can only be configured with one set of measurement configurations, the first access network device and the second access network device initiate negotiation to determine that only one access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息包括:With reference to the first aspect, or the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device transmits to the second access network device Sending the first instruction information includes:

当第一接入网设备从核心网接收到特定消息后发送第一指示信息(例如,当测量为基于信令的logged MDT测量的情况下,当第一接入网设备从核心网接收到终端设备的logged MDT的配置信息时,第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息;当测量为基于管理的logged MDT测量的情况下,当第一接入网设备从核心网接收到终端设备可以进行基于管理的logged MDT测量时,第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息)When the first access network device receives a specific message from the core network, it sends the first indication information (for example, when the measurement is logged MDT measurement based on signaling, when the first access network device receives the terminal from the core network) When the device’s logged MDT configuration information, the first access network device sends the first indication information; when the measurement is a management-based logged MDT measurement, when the first access network device receives the terminal device from the core network, it can perform During logged MDT measurement based on management, the first access network device sends first indication information)

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为第二接入网设备增加请求信息,或者,第一指示信息为第二接入网设备修改请求信息。也就是说,第一接入网设备可以通过第二接入网设备增加请求信息携带第一指示信息来指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置。第一接入网设备也可以通过第二接入网设备修改请求信息携带第一指示信息来指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication information is the second access network device adding request information, Or, the first indication information is the modification request information of the second access network device. That is, the first access network device may instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device by carrying the first indication information through the second access network device addition request information. The first access network device may also carry the first indication information through the second access network device modification request information to instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,第一指示消息是一个显式的指示字段,该指示字段是一个取值或多个取值,也就是说,该指示字段指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置(例如,字段为0或1的取值,当字段取值为1的时候指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置)。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication message is an explicit indication field, and the indication field It is one value or multiple values, that is, the indication field instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device (for example, the value of the field is 0 or 1, when the value of the field is 1. Instruct the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device).

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第七种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息是空或非空字段,例如,字段为空或者非空的情况,当字段为非空的时候指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置,需要理解的是,本申请对此并 不限定。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication information is an empty or non-empty field, for example, the field is In the case of empty or non-empty, when the field is not empty, the second access network device is instructed to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that this application is not limited thereto.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第八种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息是一个隐式指示信息,携带第一接入网是否确定发送测量配置的信息,(例如,第一指示信息携带第一接入网确定不发送测量配置,则为隐式指示第二接入网向终端设备发送测量配置)。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to eighth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication information is an implicit indication information that carries the first connection Whether it is determined to send the measurement configuration information during network access, (for example, if the first indication information carries the first access network's determination not to send the measurement configuration, it is implicitly instructing the second access network to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device).

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第九种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息为测量配置信息,也就是说,第一指示信息携带了测量配置信息,则为隐式指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送该测量配置。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to ninth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication information is measurement configuration information, that is, the first If the indication information carries measurement configuration information, it implicitly instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息携带关于第二接入网设备的区域范围信息,第一接入网设备将从核心网接收的区域范围信息通过第一指示信息发送给第二接入网设备。(例如,对于基于信令的logged MDT测量而言,第一接入网设备从核心网接收基于信令的MDT的公共陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)列表(signalling based MDT PLMN list)和/或MDT的区域范围,如果该区域范围关于第二接入网设备,则把该区域范围通过第一指示信息发送给第二接入网设备)。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to tenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first indication information carries information about the area of the second access network device Range information, the first access network device sends the area range information received from the core network to the second access network device through the first indication information. (For example, for signaling-based logged MDT measurement, the first access network device receives the signaling-based MDT public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) list (signalling based MDT PLMN) list from the core network ) And/or the area range of the MDT. If the area range is related to the second access network device, the area range is sent to the second access network device through the first indication information).

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十一种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中,测量配置包括MDT测量配置和/或QoE测量配置,其中QoE测量配置包括基于信令的QoE测量配置和基于管理的QoE测量配置,MDT测量配置包括基于信令的MDT测量配置和基于管理的MDT测量配置,MDT测量也包括logged MDT测量。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the measurement configuration includes an MDT measurement configuration and/or a QoE measurement configuration, QoE measurement configuration includes signaling-based QoE measurement configuration and management-based QoE measurement configuration. MDT measurement configuration includes signaling-based MDT measurement configuration and management-based MDT measurement configuration, and MDT measurement also includes logged MDT measurement.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十二种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备从第二接入网设备接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二接入网设备是否向终端设备发送测量配置。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to twelfth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device is from the second access network device Receiving second indication information, where the second indication information indicates whether the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十三种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十四种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置;With reference to the first aspect, or the first to thirteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second indication information instructs the second access network device to report to the terminal The device sends the measurement configuration;

第一接入网设备不向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The first access network device does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十五种可能的实现方式中,第二指示信息指示第二接入网设备不向终端设备发送测量配置;With reference to the first aspect, or the first to fourteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second indication information indicates that the second access network device is not The terminal device sends the measurement configuration;

第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The first access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十五种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十六种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备接收终端设备发送的测量报告,该测量报告包括终端设备根据测量配置得到的测量结果。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to fifteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device receives the measurement report sent by the terminal device The measurement report includes the measurement results obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十七种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备接收第二接入网设备发送的测量报告,该测量报告包括终端设备根据测量配置得到的测量结果。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to sixteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the seventeenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first access network device receives the second access network device A sent measurement report, which includes the measurement result obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十七种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十八种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备接收的测量报告还包括与所述测量结果对应的无线接入技术RAT的类型信息。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to seventeenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eighteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the measurement report received by the first access network device further includes The type information of the radio access technology RAT corresponding to the measurement result.

结合第一方面,或者第一方面的第一至第十八种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十九种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备向收集实体TCE发送测量报告,收集实体根据该 测量报告对特定的网络进行优化。With reference to the first aspect, or the first to eighteenth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the nineteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second access network device sends a measurement report to the collecting entity TCE , The collecting entity optimizes the specific network according to the measurement report.

通过上述第一方面提出的方法,如果向终端设备发送的测量配置的套数大于协议中规定的最大值,或者,大于终端设备支持测量配置的套数的最大值,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备通过协商确定由哪个接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置,避免测量配置被覆盖,造成测量开销的浪费的问题。Through the method proposed in the first aspect, if the number of measurement configurations sent to the terminal device is greater than the maximum value specified in the protocol, or greater than the maximum number of measurement configurations supported by the terminal device, the first access network device and the second The access network device determines which access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device through negotiation, so as to avoid the problem of the measurement configuration being overwritten and causing a waste of measurement overhead.

第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,包括:第二接入网设备从第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示该第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置,其中,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备均为终端设备提供服务,该测量配置包括最小化路测技术MDT测量配置和/或用户体验质量QoE测量配置;第二接入网设备确定是否向所述终端设备发送该测量配置。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a second access network device receives first indication information from a first access network device, the first indication information indicating that the second access network device can Send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, where the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or user experience quality QoE measurement configuration ; The second access network device determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第二方面,第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,测量配置包括MDT测量配置和/或QoE测量配置,其中MDT测量配置包括基于信令的MDT测量配置和基于管理的MDT测量配置,QoE测量配置包括基于信令的QoE测量配置和基于管理的QoE测量配置,MDT测量也包括logged MDT测量。With reference to the second aspect, in the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration, where MDT measurement configuration includes signaling-based MDT measurement configuration and management-based MDT measurement configuration , QoE measurement configuration includes signaling-based QoE measurement configuration and management-based QoE measurement configuration, MDT measurement also includes logged MDT measurement.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述第二接入网设备确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second access network device determines whether to send the terminal device The measurement configuration includes:

第二接入网设备接收到第一指示信息之后,具体第二接入网设备是否向终端设备发送测量配置由第二接入网设备进一步决定。After the second access network device receives the first indication information, whether the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device is further determined by the second access network device.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第二种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述由第二接入网设备进一步决定包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first to second possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the further decision by the second access network device includes:

第二接入网设备根据接收到的信息判断后得到进一步决定结果,其中接收到的信息包括第一指示信息携带的区域范围信息、终端设备的能力信息中的一项或者任几项。The second access network device obtains a further decision result after judging according to the received information, where the received information includes one or any of the area range information carried in the first indication information and the capability information of the terminal device.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第三种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述进一步决定结果包括:With reference to the second aspect, or the first to third possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the further decision result includes:

第二接入网设备确定向终端设备发送测量配置,或者,第二接入网设备确定不向终端设备发送测量配置。The second access network device determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or the second access network device determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第四种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示第二接入网设备确定是否向终端设备发送测量配置,也就是说,第二指示信息指示上述进一步决定的结果。With reference to the second aspect, or the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second access network device sends the first access network device to the first access network device. Two indication information, the second indication information instructing the second access network device to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the second indication information indicates the result of the aforementioned further determination.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第五种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备从终端设备接收测量报告,该测量报告包括根据测量配置得到的测量结果。With reference to the second aspect, or the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second access network device receives the measurement report from the terminal device, and the measurement The report includes the measurement results obtained according to the measurement configuration.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中,所述测量报告还包括与测量结果对应的无线接入技术RAT的类型信息。With reference to the second aspect, or the first to sixth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the measurement report further includes the radio access technology corresponding to the measurement result RAT type information.

结合第二方面,或者第二方面的第一至第七种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备向收集实体TCE发送测量报告,收集实体根据该测量报告对特定的网络进行优化。With reference to the second aspect, or the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the second access network device sends a measurement report to the collection entity TCE to collect The entity optimizes the specific network based on the measurement report.

通过上述第二方面提出的方法,,第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备协商之后发送测量配 置,使得向终端设备发送的测量配置的套数小于协议中规定的最大值,且小于终端设备支持测量配置的套数的最大值,第一接入网设备具备测量的决策权,第二接入网设备接收到第一接入网设备的指示信息后,进一步,第二接入网设备是否接受第一指示信息指示的内容由第二接入网设备自主决定。Through the method proposed in the second aspect, the first access network device and the second access network device send measurement configurations after negotiation, so that the number of measurement configurations sent to the terminal device is less than the maximum value specified in the protocol and less than the terminal The device supports the maximum number of sets of measurement configurations. The first access network device has the right to make measurement decisions. After the second access network device receives the instruction information of the first access network device, further, whether the second access network device Accepting the content indicated by the first instruction information is independently determined by the second access network device.

第三方面,本实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括用于实现根据第一方面或第二方面或其中任意一种可能的设计中的该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以是接入网设备也可以是用于接入网设备的部件(芯片或者电路)。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器,存储器;该存储器存储有程序指令,该程序指令在该至少一个处理器中执行,使得该通信装置能够实现根据第一方面或者第二方面中该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能。In a third aspect, this embodiment provides a communication device, which includes the first access network device or the second access network device used to implement the first or second aspect or any one of the possible designs. The functional module or unit of the device. The communication device may be an access network device or a component (chip or circuit) for the access network device. In a possible design, the communication device includes: at least one processor and a memory; the memory stores program instructions, and the program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, so that the communication device can implement the first aspect or the first aspect. The function of the first access network device or the second access network device in the second aspect.

第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,包括:确定获得两套测量配置,指定两套测量结果内存分配的方式,所述测量结果为终端设备根据所述测量配置得到的。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: determining to obtain two sets of measurement configurations, and specifying a memory allocation method for the two sets of measurement results, the measurement results being obtained by the terminal device according to the measurement configuration.

结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,该方法可以由终端设备实现,或者可以由可配置于终端设备的部件实现。,所述终端设备具备支持两套测量配置的能力且协议规定支持终端设备获得两套测量配置。In the first possible implementation manner with reference to the fourth aspect, the method may be implemented by a terminal device, or may be implemented by a component configurable in the terminal device. , The terminal device has the ability to support two sets of measurement configurations, and the agreement stipulates that the terminal device is supported to obtain two sets of measurement configurations.

结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备接收接入网设备发送的第六指示信息,该第六指示信息指示两套测量结果内存分配的方式,终端设备根据该第六指示信息确定两套测量结果的内存分配方式。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the terminal device receives the sixth indication information sent by the access network device. The sixth instruction information indicates the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results, and the terminal device determines the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results according to the sixth instruction information.

结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一至第二种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中,所述内存分配方式为第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备协商后确定的,该第一接入网设备和该第二接入网设备都为终端设备提供服务。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to second possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the memory allocation manner is the first access network device and the second It is determined after negotiation by the access network device that both the first access network device and the second access network device provide services for the terminal device.

结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一至第三种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中,所述内存分配方式为共享的。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to third possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the memory allocation manner is shared.

结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一至第四种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中,所述内存分配方式为独立的。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the memory allocation manner is independent.

结合第四方面,或者第四方面的第一至第四种可能的实现方式,在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中,在所述内存分配方式为独立的情况下,该终端设备确定内存的分配比例,终端设备可以自主确定分配比例,终端设备也可以接收接入网设备下发的分配比例。With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, when the memory allocation manner is independent, the terminal device To determine the allocation ratio of memory, the terminal device can independently determine the allocation ratio, and the terminal device can also receive the allocation ratio issued by the access network device.

通过所述第四方面提出的方法,在终端设备能获得两套测量的情况下,通过指示两套测量结果对应内存的分配方式,提供了灵活的内存分配方式,提高终端设备内存资源的利用率。Through the method proposed in the fourth aspect, in the case that the terminal device can obtain two sets of measurements, by indicating the memory allocation method corresponding to the two sets of measurement results, a flexible memory allocation method is provided, and the utilization of the memory resources of the terminal device is improved .

第五方面,本实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括用于实现上述第四方面的通信方法的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是用于终端设备的部件(芯片或者电路)。In a fifth aspect, this embodiment provides a communication device including a module or unit for implementing the communication method of the fourth aspect. The communication device may be a terminal device or a component (chip or circuit) for the terminal device.

第六方面,本实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括:至少一个核心网设备、该核心网设备与接入网设备之间存在信令交互;至少一个第一接入网设备和至少一个第二接入网设备;该第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备均为终端设备提供服务;至少一个终端设备以及收集实体,其中收集实体用于接收第一接入网设备或/和第二接入网设备上报的终端设备根据测量配置得到的测量报告。In a sixth aspect, this embodiment provides a communication system, the communication system includes: at least one core network device, there is signaling interaction between the core network device and the access network device; at least one first access network device, and At least one second access network device; the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for terminal devices; at least one terminal device and a collection entity, where the collection entity is used to receive the first access network device Or/and the measurement report obtained by the terminal device reported by the second access network device according to the measurement configuration.

第七方面,本实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机可读取介质中存储有程序指令,该程序指令运行时,以实现根据第一方面或第二方面或其中任意一种可能的设计中的该 第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能。In a seventh aspect, this embodiment provides a computer storage medium. The computer readable medium stores program instructions. When the program instructions are run, the program instructions can be implemented according to the first aspect or the second aspect or any one of them. The function of the first access network device or the second access network device in the design.

第八方面,本实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包含程序指令,该程序指令被执行时,以实现根据第一方面或第二方面或其中任意一种可能的设计中的该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能。In an eighth aspect, this embodiment provides a computer program product, the computer program product contains program instructions, when the program instructions are executed, to achieve the design according to the first aspect or the second aspect or any one of the possible designs The function of the first access network device or the second access network device.

第九方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二接入网设备执行,也可以由第二接入网设备内的部件执行,例如,处理器,芯片,芯片系统等,该方法包括:第二接入网设备接收来自网管的第一网管指示信息,所述第一网管指示信息用于指示第一需求信息或第二需求信息,所述第一需求信息为所述网管需要获取终端设备的类型信息,所述第二需求信息为所述网管不需要获取所述终端设备的类型信息;当所述第一网管指示信息用于指示所述第一需求信息时,向第一接入网设备发送第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。In a ninth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be executed by a second access network device, or can be executed by components in the second access network device, for example, a processor, a chip, a chip system Etc., the method includes: the second access network device receives first network management indication information from the network management, the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first demand information or the second demand information, and the first demand information is all The network manager needs to obtain the type information of the terminal device, and the second requirement information is that the network manager does not need to obtain the type information of the terminal device; when the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first requirement information, Sending first request indication information to the first access network device, where the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT.

通过上述该方法,根据网管的指示灵活的获取终端设备的类型信息,有利于网管或跟踪收集实体获取终端设备的类型信息,从而网管或跟踪收集实体能获知immediate MDT或logged MDT对应的结果是对应哪一类型的终端设备的结果,从而获知该类型的终端设备的性能。同时利于后续第二接入网设备向第一接入网络设备发送第一请求指示信息,再由第一接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息,从而第一核心网设备才能把终端设备的类型信息发送给网管或跟踪收集实体。Through the above method, the type information of the terminal device can be flexibly obtained according to the instructions of the network manager, which is beneficial to the network manager or the tracking collection entity to obtain the type information of the terminal device, so that the network management or the tracking collection entity can learn that the corresponding result of the immediate MDT or the logged MDT is corresponding Which type of terminal equipment is the result, so as to know the performance of that type of terminal equipment. At the same time, it is helpful for the subsequent second access network device to send the first request indication information to the first access network device, and then the first access network device sends the second request indication information to the first core network device, so that the first core network device Only then can the type information of the terminal device be sent to the network management or tracking collection entity.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求指示信息为隐私指示,通过该方式有利于第一接入网设备获知第一请求指示信息是为了获知终端设备的类型信息,而不是获知该终端设备具体是那一个终端设备,从而保护了用户的隐私。In a possible implementation manner, the first request indication information is a privacy indication, which is beneficial for the first access network device to learn the first request indication information for the purpose of obtaining the type information of the terminal device, rather than knowing the specific information of the terminal device. It is the terminal device, thus protecting the privacy of users.

一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备的类型信息包括终端设备的厂商,终端设备类型等,例如,终端设备的国际移动设备标识类型分配码,通过该方式,第二接入网设备能获知终端设备的类型信息具体是哪一类,而不会是能唯一标识终端设备的信息,从而保护了用户的隐私。In a possible implementation manner, the type information of the terminal device includes the manufacturer of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, etc., for example, the international mobile equipment identity type assignment code of the terminal device. In this way, the second access network device can learn the terminal The type information of the device is of the specific type, rather than the information that can uniquely identify the terminal device, thereby protecting the privacy of the user.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。In a possible implementation manner, the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备在接收来自所述终端设备的最小化路测MDT测量结果之后,向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一请求指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second access network device sends the first request indication information to the first access network device after receiving the minimized drive test MDT measurement result from the terminal device.

一种可能的实现方式中,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为immediate MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT,或者,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为logged MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示logged MDT。In a possible implementation manner, when the management-based MDT measurement configuration information received from the network manager indicates that the current configuration information is immediate MDT measurement information, the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT, or, When receiving the management-based MDT measurement configuration information from the network manager that indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT measurement information, the first request indication information is used to indicate logged MDT.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二接入网设备接收来自所述第一接入网设备的基于管理的MDT的公共陆地移动网PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second access network device receives the management-based MDT-based public land mobile network PLMN list from the first access network device or the indication information of allowing the management-based MDT.

第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备执行,也可以由第一接入网设备内的部件执行,例如,处理器,芯片,芯片系统等,该方法包括:第一接入网设备接收第二接入网设备发送的第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT;向第一核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息,所述第二请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。In a tenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which may be executed by a first access network device, or may be executed by a component in the first access network device, such as a processor, a chip, a chip system Etc., the method includes: the first access network device receives the first request indication information sent by the second access network device, the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT; sending to the first core network device The second request indication information, where the second request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT.

通过该方式,第一接入网设备接收到第二接入网设备发送的第一请求指示信息后,向第一核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息,以使得第一核心网设备能根据第二请求指示信息能获知第一核心网设备需要把终端设备的类型信息发送给网管或跟踪收集实体,从而网管或跟踪收集实体能把immediate MDT或logged MDT的测量结果和终端设备的类型信息关联起来,从而获得对应终端设备类型对应的测量结果。In this way, after the first access network device receives the first request indication information sent by the second access network device, it sends the second request indication information to the first core network device, so that the first core network device can 2. The request indication information can learn that the first core network device needs to send the type information of the terminal device to the network management or tracking collection entity, so that the network management or tracking collection entity can associate the measurement result of the immediate MDT or logged MDT with the type information of the terminal device , So as to obtain the measurement result corresponding to the corresponding terminal device type.

一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一请求指示信息为隐私指示。In a possible implementation manner, the first request indication information is a privacy indication.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。In a possible implementation manner, the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.

一种可能的实现方式中,第二请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。In a possible implementation manner, the second request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference, and tracking the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity.

一种可能的实现方式中,第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first access network device sends the management-based MDT-based PLMN list or the indication information of allowing the management-based MDT to the second access network device.

第十一方面,本实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括用于实现根据第九方面或第十方面或其中任意一种可能的设计中的该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能的模块或者单元。该通信装置可以是接入网设备也可以是用于接入网设备的部件(芯片或者电路)。一种可能的设计中,该通信装置包括:至少一个处理器,存储器;该存储器存储有程序指令,该程序指令在该至少一个处理器中执行,使得该通信装置能够实现根据第九方面或者第十方面中该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能。In an eleventh aspect, this embodiment provides a communication device, including the first access network device or the second access device according to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect or any one of the possible designs. A functional module or unit of a network device. The communication device may be an access network device or a component (chip or circuit) for the access network device. In a possible design, the communication device includes: at least one processor and a memory; the memory stores program instructions, and the program instructions are executed in the at least one processor, so that the communication device can implement the ninth aspect or the first The function of the first access network device or the second access network device in ten aspects.

第十二方面,本实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,该计算机可读取介质中存储有程序指令,该程序指令运行时,以实现根据第九方面或者第十方面或其中任意一种可能的设计中的该第一接入网设备或该第二接入网设备的功能。In the twelfth aspect, this embodiment provides a computer storage medium, and the computer readable medium stores program instructions. When the program instructions are run, the program instructions can be implemented according to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect or any one of them. The function of the first access network device or the second access network device in the design.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1为本申请一种可能的通信系统的网络架构图;Figure 1 is a network architecture diagram of a possible communication system of this application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的通信方法200的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of this application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的通信方法300的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of this application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的通信方法400的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of this application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的通信方法500的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of this application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置600的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 provided by an embodiment of this application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置700示意性框图。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device 700 according to an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式detailed description

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,可以理解的是,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, rather than all of the embodiments.

另外,需要理解的是,本申请中的术语“第一”,“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述不同的对象,并不对其先后顺序进行限定。例如,第一指示信息和第二指示信息仅仅是为了区分两个指示信息。In addition, it should be understood that the terms "first", "second" and other words in this application are only used to distinguish and describe different objects, and do not limit their sequence. For example, the first indication information and the second indication information are only for distinguishing two indication information.

本申请中的术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系, 例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本申请中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The term "and/or" in this application is only an association relationship that describes associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this application generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.

另外,需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词表示举例子、例证或说明,旨在用具体的方式呈现相关概念。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或“例如”的任何实施例不应该被解释为比其他实施例更优选或者更具优势,也不应该被理解为本申请仅能应用到这些实施例场景中。In addition, it should be noted that in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" represent examples, illustrations, or illustrations, and are intended to present related concepts in a specific manner. Any embodiment described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments, nor should it be construed that this application can only be applied to these embodiments Scene.

首先,对本申请提供的技术方案可适用的通信系统进行说明。First, the communication system to which the technical solution provided in this application is applicable is described.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、或通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、或第五代(5 th Generation,5G)移动通信系统、或新无线(New Radio,NR)系统,以及其他可用于提供移动通信服务的网络系统,此处不做限定。 The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, or long term evolution (LTE) system, or general mobile communication system (Universal mobile Telecommunication system, UMTS) , or fifth generation (5 th Generation, 5G) mobile communication system, or a new radio (new radio, NR) system, and other network systems for providing mobile communication service, here not Make a limit.

终端设备可以是用户设备(User Equipment,终端设备)、或接入终端、或用户单元、或用户站、或移动站、或移动台、或远方站、或远程终端、或移动设备、或用户终端、或终端、或无线终端设备、或用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备等。Terminal equipment can be user equipment (User Equipment, terminal equipment), or access terminal, or user unit, or user station, or mobile station, or mobile station, or remote station, or remote terminal, or mobile equipment, or user terminal , Or terminal, or wireless terminal equipment, or user agent or user device. The terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA) device, a handheld device with wireless communication function, a computing device, or a wireless Other modem processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, terminal equipment in the future 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved PLMN, etc.

接入网设备可以为能够与终端设备进行通信的设备,其中第一接入网设备和核心网存在控制面的信令交互,该接入网设备可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的基站(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的接入网设备等。接入网设备可以是为终端设备提供授权频谱的接入网设备,也可以是为终端设备提供非授权频谱的接入网设备。The access network device can be a device that can communicate with terminal devices. The first access network device and the core network have control plane signaling interaction. The access network device can be Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access). The base station (NodeB, NB) in the Access (WCDMA) system can also be an evolved Node B (eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment, and future 5G Base station (gNB) in the network or access network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc. The access network device may be an access network device that provides authorized spectrum for terminal devices, or an access network device that provides unlicensed spectrum for terminal devices.

可选的,本申请的接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下集中单元(Centralized Unit,CU)和分布式单元(Distributed Unit,DU)分离架构的基站。CU和DU在物理上可以是分离的也可以部署在一起,多个DU可以共用一个CU,一个DU也可以连接多个CU,CU和DU之间可以通过接口相连,例如可以是F1接口。Optionally, the access network equipment of this application can also be a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN) scenario with a centralized unit (Centralized Unit, CU) and a distributed unit (Distributed Unit, DU) separated architecture Base station. CU and DU can be physically separated or deployed together. Multiple DUs can share one CU, one DU can also be connected to multiple CUs, and CUs and DUs can be connected through interfaces, for example, F1 interfaces.

可选的,CU和DU可以根据无线网络的协议层划分。例如无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)、业务数据适配协议栈(Service Data Adaptation Protocol,SDAP)以及分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能设置在CU,而无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC),媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)层,物理(physical,PHY)层等的功能设置在DU。需要理解的是,对CU和DU处理功能按照这种协议层的划分仅仅是一种举例,也可以按照其他的方式进行划分。Optionally, CU and DU can be divided according to the protocol layer of the wireless network. For example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC), service data adaptation protocol stack (Service Data Adaptation Protocol, SDAP), and packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer functions are set in the CU, and the wireless link Functions such as radio link control (RLC), media access control (MAC) layer, and physical (physical, PHY) layer are set in the DU. It should be understood that the division of CU and DU processing functions according to this protocol layer is only an example, and it can also be divided in other ways.

可选的,CU或DU还可以划分为具有协议层的部分处理功能。在一种可能的设计中,将RLC层的部分功能和RLC层以上的协议层的功能设置在CU,将RLC层的剩余功能和RLC层以下的协议层的功能设置在DU。在另一种可能的设计中,还可以按照业务类型或者其他系统需求对CU或者DU的功能进行划分,例如按时延划分,将处理时间需要满足时延要求的功能设置在DU,不需要满足该时延要求的功能设置在CU。在另一种可能的设计中,CU 也可以具有核心网的一个或多个功能。Optionally, the CU or DU can also be divided into part of the processing functions with the protocol layer. In a possible design, part of the functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer above the RLC layer are set in the CU, and the remaining functions of the RLC layer and the functions of the protocol layer below the RLC layer are set in the DU. In another possible design, the functions of the CU or DU can also be divided according to service types or other system requirements, for example, according to delay, and the functions that need to meet the delay requirements in processing time are set in the DU, and there is no need to meet the requirements. The function required for the delay is set in the CU. In another possible design, the CU may also have one or more functions of the core network.

可选的,CU的功能可以由一个实体来实现也可以由不同的实体实现。例如,可以对CU的功能进行进一步分割,例如,将控制面(Control Plane,CP)和用户面(User Plane,UP)分离,即CU控制面(CU-CP)和CU用户面(CU-UP)。例如,CU-CP和CU-UP可以由不同的功能实体来实现,所述CU-CP和CU-UP可以与DU相耦合,共同完成基站的功能。一种可能的方式中,CU-CP负责控制面功能,主要包含RRC和PDCP-C。PDCP-C主要负责控制面数据的加解密,完整性保护,序列号维护,数据传输等;CU-UP负责用户面功能,主要包含SDAP和PDCP-U,其中SDAP主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将数据流(flow)映射到承载。PDCP-U主要负责数据面的加解密,完整性保护,头压缩,序列号维护,数据传输等,其中CU-CP和CU-UP通过E1接口连接。Optionally, the function of the CU can be implemented by one entity or by different entities. For example, the functions of the CU can be further divided, for example, the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP) are separated, that is, the CU control plane (CU-CP) and the CU user plane (CU-UP) are separated. ). For example, the CU-CP and CU-UP may be implemented by different functional entities, and the CU-CP and CU-UP may be coupled with the DU to jointly complete the function of the base station. In one possible way, CU-CP is responsible for the control plane function, mainly including RRC and PDCP-C. PDCP-C is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc.; CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, mainly including SDAP and PDCP-U, among which SDAP is mainly responsible for processing core network data Process and map data flow to bearer. PDCP-U is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of the data plane, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, data transmission, etc. The CU-CP and CU-UP are connected through the E1 interface.

可选的,本申请实例中,CU和DU在物理上可以是分离的也可以部署在一起,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备可以对应不同的CU或者同一个CU下不同的DU。Optionally, in the example of this application, the CU and the DU can be physically separated or deployed together, and the first access network device and the second access network device can correspond to different CUs or different under the same CU. DU.

需要说明的,本实施例以主基站(Master NodeB,MN)与辅基站(Secondary NodeB,SN)为例进行举例说明,可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的MN也可以叫做PN(primary NodeB),此外,主基站和辅基站也可以分别称为主站点和辅站点,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that in this embodiment, a master base station (Master NodeB, MN) and a secondary base station (Secondary NodeB, SN) are taken as examples for illustration. It should be understood that the MN in the embodiment of the present application may also be called PN (primary NodeB). ), in addition, the primary base station and the secondary base station may also be referred to as the primary site and the secondary site, respectively, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的,主基站和辅基站可以是同制式的,也可以是异制式的。在本申请实施例中,可分为以下几种可选方式,介绍主基站和辅基站的制式区别。Optionally, the primary base station and the secondary base station may be of the same standard or of different standards. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be divided into the following optional methods to introduce the difference between the main base station and the secondary base station.

一种可选的方式,本申请中的主基站可以为连接到4G核心网的LTE制式中的演进型基站(Evolved Node B,eNB),即4G基站,辅基站为新无线(New Radio,NR)基站。In an optional manner, the primary base station in this application may be an evolved base station (Evolved Node B, eNB) in the LTE standard connected to the 4G core network, that is, a 4G base station, and the secondary base station is New Radio (NR). ) Base station.

一种可选的方式,本申请实施例中的主基站可以为连接到5G核心网的LTE基站,辅基站为NR基站。In an optional manner, the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an LTE base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an NR base station.

一种可选的方式,本申请实施例中的主基站可以为连接到5G核心网的NR基站,辅基站为NR基站。In an optional manner, the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an NR base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an NR base station.

一种可选的方式,本申请实施例中的主基站可以为连接到5G核心网的NR基站,辅基站为LTE基站。In an optional manner, the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be an NR base station connected to a 5G core network, and the secondary base station is an LTE base station.

附图1示例性的给出了一种可能的通信系统的网络架构图。该架构图包括,核心网设备100,与核心网设备100连接的至少一个主基站110(图1中仅示出了一个主基站)、与主基站110连接的至少一个辅基站120(图1中仅示出了一个辅基站),以及与主基站110和辅基站120连接的一个或多个终端设备130。其中,核心网设备100与至少一个主基站110之间具有控制面连接。核心网设备100可能和至少一个辅基站120之间具有用户面连接。Fig. 1 exemplarily shows a network architecture diagram of a possible communication system. The architecture diagram includes a core network device 100, at least one primary base station 110 connected to the core network device 100 (only one primary base station is shown in Figure 1), and at least one secondary base station 120 connected to the primary base station 110 (Figure 1 Only one secondary base station is shown), and one or more terminal devices 130 connected to the primary base station 110 and the secondary base station 120. There is a control plane connection between the core network device 100 and at least one primary base station 110. The core network device 100 may have a user plane connection with at least one secondary base station 120.

在本申请实施例中,可分为以下几种可选方式,介绍核心网设备和主基站之间的接口。In the embodiments of the present application, it can be divided into the following optional methods to introduce the interface between the core network device and the main base station.

一种可选的的方式,在5G核心网场景下,主基站120(5G基站)与核心网设备(例如,接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF))100之间的接口为NG接口,该NG接口的控制面可以称为NG控制面(NG control plane,NG-C)。An optional way, in the 5G core network scenario, the main base station 120 (5G base station) and the core network equipment (for example, access and mobility management function (AMF)) 100 The interface is an NG interface, and the control plane of the NG interface may be called an NG control plane (NG-C).

一种可选的方式,在4G核心网场景下,主基站120(4G基站)与核心网设备(例如移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME))100之间的接口为S1接口。In an optional manner, in a 4G core network scenario, the interface between the main base station 120 (4G base station) and the core network device (for example, a mobility management entity (MME)) 100 is an S1 interface.

应理解,主基站和终端设备之间建立有无线Uu接口,可与终端设备间传输用户面的数 据与控制面信令,同时,辅基站和终端设备之间也可建立有Uu接口,可与终端设备间传输用户面的数据与控制面信令,也就是说,终端设备处于双连接架构模式(Dual Connectivity,DC),主基站和辅基站都能够为终端设备提供服务。可以理解的是,附图1仅为示例性网络架构图,该网络架构还包括其他网元设备或功能单元,本申请对此并不限定。It should be understood that a wireless Uu interface is established between the primary base station and the terminal equipment, which can transmit user plane data and control plane signaling with the terminal equipment. At the same time, a Uu interface can also be established between the secondary base station and the terminal equipment to communicate with the terminal equipment. The terminal equipment transmits user plane data and control plane signaling, that is, the terminal equipment is in a dual connectivity architecture mode (Dual Connectivity, DC), and both the primary base station and the secondary base station can provide services for the terminal equipment. It can be understood that FIG. 1 is only an exemplary network architecture diagram, and the network architecture also includes other network element devices or functional units, which are not limited in this application.

基于上述示出的通信系统的基础上,附图2是本申请实施例提供的通信方法200的流程示意图。下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图2,对本申请实施例的技术方案进行具体的描述。示例性的,下面以第一接入网设备是主基站,第二接入网设备是辅基站举例说明。附图2所对应的通信方法包括:Based on the communication system shown above, FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 2 in the embodiments of the present application. Exemplarily, the first access network device is the primary base station and the second access network device is the secondary base station as an example below. The communication methods corresponding to Figure 2 include:

在本申请的一个实施例中,终端设备会上报支持测量配置的能力信息,可以包括操作201。In an embodiment of the present application, the terminal device will report capability information supporting measurement configuration, which may include operation 201.

操作201:终端设备向主基站发送第三指示信息。Operation 201: The terminal device sends third indication information to the primary base station.

该第三指示消息携带终端设备支持的测量配置的能力信息,可选的,能力信息可以为终端设备是否支持该测量配置,进一步的,如果支持该测量配置,还可以包括支持几套测量配置,还可以为支持该测量配置的制式信息。例如,第三指示信息指示终端设备仅能支持一套MDT测量配置,或者指示终端设备只能同时具有一套MDT测量配置,可以理解的是,第三指示信息也可以指示终端设备能支持两套MDT测量配置(这两套MDT测量配置可能分别为NR制式的MDT测量配置和LTE制式的MDT测量配置,也可能不区分制式),或者指示终端设备能同时具有两套MDT测量配置,其中终端设备可以通过Uu接口消息来传递第三指示信息。可选的,MDT测量包括logged MDT测量。The third indication message carries the capability information of the measurement configuration supported by the terminal device. Optionally, the capability information may be whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration. Further, if the measurement configuration is supported, it may also include supporting several sets of measurement configurations. It can also be the format information that supports the measurement configuration. For example, the third indication information indicates that the terminal device can only support one set of MDT measurement configurations, or that the terminal device can only have one set of MDT measurement configurations at the same time. It is understandable that the third indication information can also indicate that the terminal device can support two sets MDT measurement configuration (the two sets of MDT measurement configuration may be the MDT measurement configuration of the NR standard and the MDT measurement configuration of the LTE standard, or may not distinguish between the standards), or indicate that the terminal device can have two sets of MDT measurement configurations at the same time, and the terminal device The third indication information can be transmitted through Uu interface messages. Optionally, the MDT measurement includes logged MDT measurement.

其中,操作201是可选的。Among them, operation 201 is optional.

操作202:主基站确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置。Operation 202: the primary base station determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍主基站如何确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置:In the embodiment of this application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how the master base station determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device:

一种可选的方式:主基站根据操作201中终端设备发送的第三指示信息确定,例如,该第三指示信息指示终端设备仅能支持一套测量配置,或者指示终端设备只能同时具有一套MDT测量配置。An optional method: the main base station determines according to the third indication information sent by the terminal device in operation 201. For example, the third indication information indicates that the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configurations, or indicates that the terminal device can only have one measurement configuration at the same time. Set of MDT measurement configuration.

一种可选的方式:协议规定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置,或协议规定终端设备仅能支持一套测量配置或者终端设备只能同时具有一套MDT测量配置。An optional method: the agreement stipulates that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device, or the agreement stipulates that the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configuration or the terminal device can only have one set of MDT measurement configuration at the same time.

需要理解的是,终端设备仅能支持一套测量配置和协议规定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置这两种情况中出现其中任意一个时,主基站就能确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置。It should be understood that the terminal device can only support one set of measurement configuration and the protocol stipulates that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. When either of these two situations occurs, the main base station can determine that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. Set of measurement configurations.

在本申请的另一实施例中,操作202也可以替换为:主基站确定能向终端设备发送测量配置的数目,那么主基站向终端设备发送第一配置数目信息,指示终端设备可以接收的测量配置的数目。一种可选的方式,主基站根据操作201中终端设备发送的第三指示信息确定能向终端设备发送测量配置的数目。例如终端设备支持接收两套测量配置,但主基站只想向终端设备配置一套测量配置。一种可选的方式,完全由主基站来确定终端设备应该接收测量配置的数目。当主基站发送给终端的第一配置数目信息中指示终端设备可以接收的测量配置的数目为N时,当终端设备接收的配置数目小于或等于该数目N时,终端设备不会进行各个测量配置之间覆盖。当终端设备接收的配置数目大于该数目N时,终端设备可以进行各个测量配置之间覆盖(比如最晚收到的测量配置覆盖最先接收到的测量配置)。In another embodiment of the present application, operation 202 can also be replaced with: the primary base station determines the number of measurement configurations that can be sent to the terminal device, then the primary base station sends the first configuration number information to the terminal device, indicating the measurement that the terminal device can receive The number of configurations. In an optional manner, the primary base station determines the number of measurement configurations that can be sent to the terminal device according to the third indication information sent by the terminal device in operation 201. For example, the terminal device supports receiving two sets of measurement configurations, but the main base station only wants to configure one set of measurement configurations for the terminal device. In an optional way, the master base station determines the number of measurement configurations that the terminal device should receive. When the first configuration number information sent by the master base station to the terminal indicates that the number of measurement configurations that can be received by the terminal device is N, when the number of configurations received by the terminal device is less than or equal to the number N, the terminal device will not perform any measurement configuration. Between coverage. When the number of configurations received by the terminal device is greater than the number N, the terminal device can perform coverage between various measurement configurations (for example, the measurement configuration received last covers the measurement configuration received first).

在本申请的另一实施例中,在操作202之前或之后,辅基站向主基站发送请求信息,用于请求能向终端设备发送测量配置,还可以包括操作203,本申请实施例对操作202和操作203的先后顺序不做限定。In another embodiment of the present application, before or after operation 202, the secondary base station sends request information to the primary base station for requesting that the measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. The operation may also include operation 203. The order of operation 203 is not limited.

其中,操作202是可选的。Among them, operation 202 is optional.

操作203:辅基站向主基站发送第一请求信息。Operation 203: the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station.

该第一请求信息用于辅基站向主基站请求,请求辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置。该测量配置包括MDT测量配置和/或QoE测量配置。可选的,MDT测量包括logged MDT测量。The first request information is used by the secondary base station to request the primary base station to request the secondary base station to be able to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The measurement configuration includes MDT measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration. Optionally, the MDT measurement includes logged MDT measurement.

可选的,对于基于信令的logged MDT或QoE测量而言,当辅基站从主基站收到UE的logged MDT或QoE的测量配置信息时,并且辅基站选择该终端设备进行logged MDT或QoE的测量,辅基站向主基站发送第一请求信息;对于基于管理的logged MDT或QoE测量而言,当辅基站从操作维护管理实体(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)(或称为网管)收到管理MDT测量的配置,并且辅基站选择该终端设备进行logged MDT或QoE的测量,辅基站向主基站发送第一请求信息;其中主基站与核心网的信息交互可以通过两者之间的接口进行,例如NG接口或S1接口。Optionally, for signaling-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the secondary base station receives the UE’s logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration information from the primary base station, and the secondary base station selects the terminal device for logging MDT or QoE For measurement, the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station; for management-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the secondary base station receives management from the operation administration and maintenance (OAM) (or called network management) entity MDT measurement configuration, and the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform logged MDT or QoE measurement, the secondary base station sends the first request information to the primary base station; the information exchange between the primary base station and the core network can be carried out through the interface between the two, For example, NG interface or S1 interface.

至于辅基站选择该终端设备进行logged MDT或QoE的测量的方式,可以有以下几种方式:As for the way that the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform logged MDT or QoE measurement, there are several ways:

一种可选的方式,对于基于信令的logged MDT测量而言,如果终端设备支持辅基站制式的logged MDT测量,则辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于信令的logged MDT测量。进一步的,在终端设备支持logged MDT测量的情况下,如果主基站给辅基站的消息中携带关于辅基站对应RAT的区域范围信息,辅基站还可以根据主基站发送的区域信息判断是否选择该终端设备进行logged MDT测量,例如,如果终端设备在辅基站的接入的小区属于该区域范围内,则辅基站选择终端设备进行基于信令的logged MDT测量。In an optional manner, for signaling-based logged MDT measurement, if the terminal device supports logged MDT measurement of the secondary base station standard, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based logged MDT measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal equipment supports logged MDT measurement, if the message from the primary base station to the secondary base station carries information about the area range of the secondary base station corresponding to the RAT, the secondary base station can also determine whether to select the terminal according to the area information sent by the primary base station The device performs logged MDT measurement. For example, if the cell accessed by the secondary base station belongs to the area, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based logged MDT measurement.

一种可选的方式,对于基于管理的MDT测量而言,如果终端设备支持辅基站制式的logged MDT测量,则辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于管理的logged MDT测量。进一步的,在终端设备支持logged MDT测量的情况下,如果辅基站从OAM获取的logged MDT测量配置中携带关于辅基站的区域范围信息,辅基站还可以根据OAM发送的区域信息判断是否选择该终端设备进行logged MDT测量,例如,如果终端设备接入的小区属于该区域范围内,则辅基站选择终端设备进行基于管理的logged MDT测量。进一步的,辅基站会根据主基站给辅基站发送的基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表(management based MDT PLMN list)和/或基于管理的MDT测量允许(management based MDT allowed)判断是否选择该终端设备进行logged MDT测量,例如,如果辅基站接收到了management based MDT allowed,则辅基站才能选择该终端设备接入的小区进行基于管理的logged MDT测量。In an optional manner, for the management-based MDT measurement, if the terminal device supports the logged MDT measurement of the secondary base station standard, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform the management-based logged MDT measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal device supports logged MDT measurement, if the logged MDT measurement configuration obtained by the secondary base station from OAM carries information about the area range of the secondary base station, the secondary base station can also determine whether to select the terminal according to the area information sent by the OAM The device performs logged MDT measurement. For example, if the cell accessed by the terminal device falls within the area, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform management-based logged MDT measurement. Further, the secondary base station will determine whether to select the terminal device based on the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the management-based MDT measurement allowed (management-based MDT allowed) sent by the primary base station to the secondary base station. Logged MDT measurement. For example, if the secondary base station receives management based MDT allowed, then the secondary base station can select the cell accessed by the terminal device to perform management-based logged MDT measurement.

一种可选的方式,对于基于信令的QoE测量而言,如果终端设备支持QoE测量,则辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于信令的QoE测量。进一步的,在终端设备支持QoE测量的情况下,如果主基站给辅基站的消息中携带关于辅基站的区域范围信息,如果终端设备在辅基站中接入的小区属于该区域范围,辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于信令的QoE测量。In an optional manner, for signaling-based QoE measurement, if the terminal device supports QoE measurement, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform signaling-based QoE measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal equipment supports QoE measurement, if the message from the primary base station to the secondary base station carries information about the area range of the secondary base station, if the cell accessed by the terminal equipment in the secondary base station belongs to the area range, the secondary base station selects The terminal equipment performs signaling-based QoE measurement.

一种可选的方式,对于基于管理的QoE测量而言,如果终端设备支持QoE测量,则辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于管理的QoE测量。进一步的,在终端设备支持QoE测量的情况下,辅基站还可以根据OAM发送的区域范围信息判断,如果终端设备在辅基站中接入的 小区属于该区域范围,辅基站选择该终端设备进行基于管理的QoE测量。进一步的,辅基站会根据主基站给辅基站发送的基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表(management based MDT PLMN list)和/或基于管理的MDT测量允许(management based MDT allowed)判断是否选择该终端设备进行QoE测量,例如,如果辅基站接收到了management based MDT allowed,则辅基站才能选择该终端设备接入的小区进行基于管理的QoE测量。In an optional manner, for management-based QoE measurement, if the terminal device supports QoE measurement, the secondary base station selects the terminal device to perform management-based QoE measurement. Further, in the case that the terminal device supports QoE measurement, the secondary base station can also determine based on the area range information sent by OAM. If the cell accessed by the terminal device in the secondary base station belongs to the area range, the secondary base station selects the terminal device for Managed QoE measurement. Further, the secondary base station will determine whether to select the terminal device based on the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the management-based MDT measurement allowed (management-based MDT allowed) sent by the primary base station to the secondary base station. QoE measurement. For example, if the secondary base station receives management based MDT allowed, the secondary base station can select the cell accessed by the terminal device to perform management-based QoE measurement.

其中,操作203是可选的。Among them, operation 203 is optional.

操作204:主基站确定辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置。Operation 204: the primary base station determines whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍主基站如何确定辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置:In the embodiments of this application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how the primary base station determines whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device:

一种可选的方式:如果包含操作202,主基站确定仅能向终端设备发送一套测量配置,主基站和辅基站之间启动协商,主基站具备测量配置的决策权,主基站确定辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置。需要理解的是,主基站也可能确定辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置An optional method: If operation 202 is included, the primary base station determines that only one set of measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device, and negotiation is initiated between the primary base station and the secondary base station. The primary base station has the right to make measurement configuration decisions, and the primary base station determines the secondary base station. The measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also determine that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device

一种可选的方式:如果包含操作203,主基站同意了操作203中的第一请求信息,确定辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,需要理解的是,主基站也可以不同意操作203中的第一请求信息,确定辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。An optional way: if operation 203 is included, the primary base station agrees to the first request information in operation 203 and determines that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also disagree in operation 203. The first request information for determining that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式:如果不包含操作203,主基站自主决策辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置。需要理解的是,主基站也可能确定辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。An optional way: if operation 203 is not included, the primary base station autonomously decides that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that the primary base station may also determine that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

需要说明的是,以上只是几种可选方式,也可以采用其他方式,本发明不做具体的限定。It should be noted that the above are only a few optional methods, and other methods can also be adopted, and the present invention does not make specific limitations.

可选的,对于以上各种方式中,基于信令的logged MDT或QoE测量而言,当主基站从核心网设备或者之前的主基站(即切换场景中的源基站)收到终端设备的logged MDT或QoE的测量配置信息时,主基站才能确定辅基站能向终端设备发送logged MDT或QoE测量配置;对于基于管理的logged MDT或QoE测量而言,当主基站从核心网或者之前的主基站(即切换场景中的源基站)收到终端设备可以进行管理MDT测量(例如,从核心网或切换之前的主基站收到基于管理的MDT测量允许(management based MDT allowed)信息)时,主基站才能确定辅基站能向终端设备发送logged MDT或QoE测量配置。Optionally, for the above methods, signaling-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the primary base station receives the logged MDT of the terminal equipment from the core network equipment or the previous primary base station (ie, the source base station in the handover scenario) Or QoE measurement configuration information, the primary base station can determine that the secondary base station can send the logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration to the terminal device; for management-based logged MDT or QoE measurement, when the primary base station is from the core network or the previous primary base station (ie When the source base station in the handover scenario receives that the terminal device can perform management MDT measurement (for example, the main base station receives management-based MDT allowed information from the core network or the primary base station before the handover), the primary base station can determine The secondary base station can send the logged MDT or QoE measurement configuration to the terminal device.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作204确定辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,还可以包括操作209,也就是说,主基站不通知辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置,主基站直接向终端设备发送测量配置。In another embodiment of the present application, if operation 204 determines that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, operation 209 may also be included. That is, the primary base station does not notify the secondary base station whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The base station sends the measurement configuration directly to the terminal device.

操作205:主基站向辅基站发送第一指示信息。Operation 205: the primary base station sends the first indication information to the secondary base station.

根据操作204,主基站在决策辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置之后,那么主基站可以向辅基站发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置。According to operation 204, after the primary base station decides whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the primary base station may send first indication information to the secondary base station, the first indication information indicating whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

需要说明的是,主基站可以在确定辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置之后立刻向辅基站发送第一指示信息指示辅基站向终端设备发送测量配置,也可以在主基站确定辅基站能否向终端设备发送测量配置的一段时间之后向辅基站发送第一指示信息,本申请对此不进行限定。当然,该第一指示信息还可以携带指示时间以及指示周期用于指示辅基站在指定时间或者指示周期能否向终端设备发送测量配置。It should be noted that the primary base station can immediately send the first indication information to the secondary base station after determining whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, instructing the secondary base station to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it can determine whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. After a period of time after the measurement configuration is sent to the terminal device, the first indication information is sent to the secondary base station, which is not limited in this application. Of course, the first indication information may also carry an indication time and an indication period to indicate whether the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device at a specified time or indication period.

在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍主基站向辅基站发送第一指示信息的实施方式:In the embodiments of the present application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce the implementation manner of the primary base station sending the first indication information to the secondary base station:

一种可选的方式,该第一指示信息可以通过辅站增加请求信息(SeNB/SgNB Addition  Request)发送,即主基站通过在SeNB/SgNB Addition Request消息中携带该第一指示信息。比如该第一指示信息取值为0时表示指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,或者可以是该字段取值为1时表示指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请实施例对字段具体取值对应的含义不做限定,只要能使得辅基站获知主基站的决策即可,这样终端设备与辅基站建立连接的过程中,辅基站便可以接收到主基站的第一指示信息。In an optional manner, the first indication information may be sent by the secondary station addition request information (SeNB/SgNB Addition Request), that is, the primary base station carries the first indication information in the SeNB/SgNB Addition Request message. For example, when the value of the first indication information is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field value is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The meaning of the specific value of the field is not limited, as long as the secondary base station can learn the decision of the primary base station, so that the secondary base station can receive the first indication information of the primary base station during the process of establishing a connection between the terminal device and the secondary base station.

一种可选的方式,该第一指示信息可以通过辅站修改请求(SeNB/SgNB Modification Request)消息发送,即主基站通过在SeNB/SgNB Modification Request消息中携带该第一指示信息。比如该第一指示信息取值为0时表示指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,或者可以是该字段取值为1时表示指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请并不限定。In an optional manner, the first indication information may be sent through a secondary station modification request (SeNB/SgNB Modification Request) message, that is, the primary base station carries the first indication information in the SeNB/SgNB Modification Request message. For example, when the value of the first indication information is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field value is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. This application is not limited .

一种可选的方式,该第一指示信息可以是一个显式的指示消息,也就是说该第一指示信息专门用于主基站对于辅基站是否向终端设备发送测量配置的决策的字段。例如可以是通过至少一个比特显式指示辅基站是否向终端设备发送测量配置,比如该字段为1时表示指示辅基站向终端设备发送测量配置,或者该字段为0时表示指示辅基站不向终端设备发送测量配置,或者可以是该字段为1时表示指示辅基站不向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请实施例对字段具体取值对应的含义不做限定,只要能使得辅基站获知主基站的决策即可。也可以是只在主基站决策确定辅基站发送测量配置时向辅基站发送第一指示信息,那么如果辅基站没有收到第一指示信息表示指示辅基站不向终端设备发送测量配置,反之亦可。In an optional manner, the first indication information may be an explicit indication message, that is, the first indication information is specifically used for a field of the primary base station's decision on whether to send the measurement configuration to the secondary base station to the terminal device. For example, at least one bit may be used to explicitly indicate whether the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. For example, when this field is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or when the field is 0, it indicates that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The device sends the measurement configuration, or when this field is 1, it indicates that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The embodiment of this application does not limit the meaning of the specific value of the field, as long as the secondary base station can learn the primary base station’s Just make a decision. It can also be that the primary base station only sends the first indication information to the secondary base station when the primary base station decides that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration. If the secondary base station does not receive the first indication information, it indicates that the secondary base station is instructed not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and vice versa. .

可以理解的是,也可以通过隐式的方式向辅基站指示是否向终端设备发送测量配置。可选的,第一指示信息指示主基站确定会向终端设备发送测量配置或者指示由主基站向终端设备发送测量配置,那么就是隐式的指示辅基站就不要向终端设备发送测量配置了。另一种可选的隐式的方式为第一指示信息为测量的配置信息,例如主基站通过第一指示信息携带了基于MDT测量或QOE的配置信息或者管理的MDT的PLMN列表(management based MDT PLMN list)和/或management based MDT allowed,也就是说,隐式指示辅基站能向终端设备发送该测量的配置信息。It is understandable that, it is also possible to indicate to the secondary base station whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device in an implicit manner. Optionally, the first indication information indicates that the primary base station determines that it will send the measurement configuration to the terminal device or instructs the primary base station to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, then the secondary base station is implicitly instructed not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Another optional implicit method is that the first indication information is measurement configuration information. For example, the primary base station carries MDT measurement or QOE-based configuration information or the managed MDT PLMN list (management based MDT) through the first indication information. PLMN list) and/or management based MDT allowed, that is, implicitly indicating that the secondary base station can send the configuration information of the measurement to the terminal device.

在大多测量的实际场景中,会明确测量的区域范围,可选的,该第一指示信息可以携带区域范围信息,可以理解的是,上述区域范围信息也可以通过其他方式发送给辅基站,例如通过包括第一指示信息的消息中的其他字段发送上述区域范围信息,或者通过其他消息发送上述区域范围信息,本申请实施例对此不做限定。以下举例介绍通过第一指示信息携带区域范围。In most actual measurement scenarios, the measured area range will be clarified. Optionally, the first indication information can carry area range information. It is understandable that the above area range information can also be sent to the secondary base station in other ways, such as The foregoing area range information is sent through other fields in the message including the first indication information, or the foregoing area range information is sent through other messages, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The following examples introduce the area range carried by the first indication information.

一种可能的设计中,对于基于信令的MDT测量而言,主基站会把从核心网或者之前的主基站(即切换场景中的源基站)收到的MDT的PLMN列表(signalling based MDT PLMN list)和/或MDT的区域范围通过第一指示信息发送给辅基站。可选的,如果主基站从核心网或者之前的主基站(即切换场景中的源基站)收到的MDT区域范围没有关于辅基站的(例如,MDT的区域范围只是关于主基站),则第一指示信息中不携带该区域范围。对于基于管理的MDT测量而言,主基站会把从核心网或者之前的主基站(即切换场景中的源基站)收到的基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表(management based MDT PLMN list)和/或management based MDT allowed通过第一指示信息发送给辅基站。可选的,当主基站从操作维护管理实体收到了关于辅基站无线接入技术(Radio Access Technology,RAT)的MDT的区域范围,(例如,区域范围的信息为辅基站对应RAT的小区全局标识、跟踪区域代码)则主基站通过第一指示 信息将该区域范围的相关配置发送给辅基站。可选的,如果主基站收到的MDT区域范围没有关于辅基站的(例如,MDT的区域范围只是关于主基站),则第一指示信息中不携带该区域范围。In a possible design, for signaling-based MDT measurement, the primary base station will take the MDT PLMN list (signalling based MDT PLMN) received from the core network or the previous primary base station (that is, the source base station in the handover scenario). list) and/or the MDT area range is sent to the secondary base station through the first indication information. Optionally, if the MDT area range received by the primary base station from the core network or the previous primary base station (ie, the source base station in the handover scenario) is not related to the secondary base station (for example, the MDT area range is only related to the primary base station), then An indication message does not carry the area range. For management-based MDT measurement, the master base station will receive the management-based MDT PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or received from the core network or the previous master base station (that is, the source base station in the handover scenario). The management based MDT allowed is sent to the secondary base station through the first indication information. Optionally, when the primary base station receives the MDT area range of the secondary base station's radio access technology (Radio Access Technology, RAT) from the operation and maintenance management entity, (for example, the area range information is the cell global identity of the secondary base station corresponding to the RAT, Tracking area code), the primary base station sends the relevant configuration of the area range to the secondary base station through the first indication information. Optionally, if the MDT area range received by the primary base station is not related to the secondary base station (for example, the MDT area range is only related to the primary base station), the first indication information does not carry the area range.

可以理解的是,对于基于信令的QoE测量而言与上述携带方式类似,所不同的是区域范围信息为QoE的测量范围。It is understandable that the signaling-based QoE measurement is similar to the above-mentioned carrying manner, except that the area range information is the QoE measurement range.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作205中的第一指示信息指示辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,还可以包括操作209。也就是说,主基站发送第一指示信息通知辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,主基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置。应理解,在本实施例中,并不限制操作205和操作209的顺序。可选的,主基站可以立即向终端设备发送测量配置,也可以在确定向终端设备发送测量配置的一段时间之后向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请并不限定。In another embodiment of the present application, if the first indication information in operation 205 indicates that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, operation 209 may also be included. That is, the primary base station sends the first indication information to notify the secondary base station that the measurement configuration cannot be sent to the terminal device, and the primary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the order of operation 205 and operation 209 is not limited. Optionally, the main base station may immediately send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after a period of time after determining the sending of the measurement configuration to the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作205中的第一指示信息指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,还可以包括操作208,也就是说辅基站接收到能向终端设备发送测量配置的第一指示信息之后,辅基站直接同意主基站的指示信息,确定向终端设备发送测量配置。可选的,辅基站什么时候向终端设备发送测量配置由辅基站进一步决定。可选的,在终端设备支持该测量配置的情况下,执行操作208。可选的,在终端设备不支持该测量的情况下,不向终端设备发送测量配置。为了避免赘述,如何判断终端设备是否支持该测量配置请参考操作206中判断终端设备支持该测量配置能力的相关介绍。In another embodiment of the present application, if the first indication information in operation 205 indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, operation 208 may also be included, that is, the secondary base station receives that it can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. After the first indication information, the secondary base station directly agrees with the indication information of the primary base station and determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Optionally, when the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device is further decided by the secondary base station. Optionally, in a case where the terminal device supports the measurement configuration, operation 208 is performed. Optionally, when the terminal device does not support the measurement, the measurement configuration is not sent to the terminal device. In order to avoid repetition, how to determine whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration, please refer to the related introduction of determining whether the terminal device supports the measurement configuration capability in operation 206.

操作206:辅基站确定是否向终端设备发送测量配置。Operation 206: the secondary base station determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

在接收到操作205中主基站发送的第一指示信息之后,辅基站进一步决定是否向终端设备发送测量配置。在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍辅基站如何进一步确定是否向终端设备发送测量配置。After receiving the first indication information sent by the primary base station in operation 205, the secondary base station further decides whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how the secondary base station further determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,第一指示信息指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,进一步地,辅基站自主决定是否向终端设备发送测量配置,即接收到第一指示信息后,辅基站可以选择向终端设备发送测量配置,也可以选择不向终端设备发送测量配置。进一步的,辅基站还可以确定什么时候向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal equipment. Further, the secondary base station independently decides whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal equipment, that is, after receiving the first indication information, the secondary base station can select Send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or you can choose not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, the secondary base station can also determine when to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,第一指示信息指示辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,辅基站确定不向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the secondary base station determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,第一指示信息指示辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,进一步地,辅基站根据终端设备支持该测量配置的能力信息决定是否向该终端设备发送测量配置。例如,对于基于信令的MDT测量而言,如果终端设备支持MDT测量,则辅基站确定向终端设备发送基于信令的MDT测量配置。进一步的,在终端设备支持MDT测量配置的情况下,如果第一指示信息携带关于辅基站的区域范围信息,辅基站还可以根据主基站发送的MDT测量的区域信息判断,例如,如果终端设备接入的小区属于该MDT测量区域范围内,则辅基站向终端设备发送基于信令的MDT测量配置。In an optional manner, the first indication information indicates that the secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, the secondary base station determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device according to the ability information of the terminal device to support the measurement configuration. For example, for signaling-based MDT measurement, if the terminal device supports MDT measurement, the secondary base station determines to send the signaling-based MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, in the case that the terminal device supports the MDT measurement configuration, if the first indication information carries information about the area range of the secondary base station, the secondary base station can also determine according to the area information of the MDT measurement sent by the primary base station, for example, if the terminal device is connected If the incoming cell belongs to the MDT measurement area, the secondary base station sends the signaling-based MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device.

操作207:在操作206中辅基站对是否向终端设备发送测量配置做出了决策,辅基站向主基站发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示操作206中的决策结果,辅基站可以通过X2/Xn接口消息来传递第二指示信息。Operation 207: In operation 206, the secondary base station makes a decision on whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the secondary base station sends second indication information to the primary base station. The second indication information indicates the result of the decision in operation 206, and the secondary base station can pass X2/Xn interface message to transfer the second indication information.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作207中的第二指示信息指示辅基站确定不向终端设备 发送测量配置,还可以包括操作209。也就是说,辅基站向主基站发送第二指示信息,确定辅基站不向终端设备发送测量配置,则主基站可以向终端设备发送测量配置。In another embodiment of the present application, if the second indication information in operation 207 indicates that the secondary base station determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, operation 209 may also be included. That is, the secondary base station sends the second indication information to the primary base station, and determines that the secondary base station does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, then the primary base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作207中的第二指示信息指示辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置,还可以包括操作208。也就是说,辅基站向主基站发送第二指示信息,指示辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置,则主基站确定由辅基站发送测量配置。In another embodiment of the present application, if the second indication information in operation 207 indicates that the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, operation 208 may also be included. That is, the secondary base station sends the second indication information to the primary base station to instruct the secondary base station to determine to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the primary base station determines that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration.

其中,操作207是可选的。Among them, operation 207 is optional.

操作208:辅基站向终端设备发送测量配置。Operation 208: the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

具体的,辅基站可以通过Uu接口消息来传递测量配置信息(比如辅基站可以先把这些测量配置发送给主基站,再由主基站发送给终端设备;或者辅基站直接发送给终端设备)。Specifically, the secondary base station can transmit measurement configuration information through Uu interface messages (for example, the secondary base station can first send these measurement configurations to the primary base station, and then the primary base station sends it to the terminal device; or the secondary base station directly sends it to the terminal device).

可选的,对于基于信令的MDT测量而言,辅基站可以把基于信令的MDT的PLMN列表(signalling based MDT PLMN list)和/或MDT的区域范围中的小区全局标识或跟踪区域代码发送给终端设备。Optionally, for signaling-based MDT measurement, the secondary base station may send the signaling-based MDT PLMN list (signalling-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the cell global identity or tracking area code in the MDT area To the terminal equipment.

可选的,对于基于管理的MDT测量而言,辅基站可以把基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表(management based MDT PLMN list)和/或MDT的区域范围中的小区全局标识或跟踪区域代码发送给终端设备。Optionally, for management-based MDT measurement, the secondary base station may send the management-based MDT-based PLMN list (management-based MDT PLMN list) and/or the cell global identity or tracking area code in the MDT area to the terminal equipment.

需要说明的是,本申请中,辅基站可以在确定向终端设备发送测量配置之后,立刻向终端设备发送测量配置,也可以在辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置一段时间之后向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that in this application, the secondary base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device immediately after determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device for a period of time. The configuration is not limited in this application.

在本申请的另一实施例中,网管可能需要测量结果对应的终端设备的类型信息(示例性的,终端设备的厂商、终端设备的类型等,比如国际移动设备标识类型分配码(IMEI type allocation code,IMEI-TAC))。例如,对于基于管理的MDT测量而言,网管或跟踪收集实体TCE根据得到的终端设备的类型信息结合该终端设备的基于管理的MDT测量结果,分析得到测量结果所涉及的终端设备的类型信息所对应的这类终端设备在该网络下的性能。当辅基站从网管接收基于管理的MDT测量配置时,辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置。需要说明的是,本实施例中辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置的情形包括和主基站协商后确定,也包括辅基站自主确定向终端设备发送测量配置。进一步的,本实施介绍网管或跟踪收集实体TCE如何得到终端设备的类型信息。网管给基站发送基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中携带第一网管指示信息,指示是否要获取终端设备的类型信息(比如是否把终端设备的类型信息发送给TCE)。该第一网管指示信息可以为显示指示信息(比如MDT数据匿名化指示,取值可以为一个枚举类型,取值为无需标识,或需要TMEI-TAC),也可以为隐式指示信息,本申请实施例对第一网管指示信息的具体承载方式不做限定,只要能使得基站获知网管或跟踪收集实体TCE是否需要终端设备的类型信息即可。需要说明的是,本申请中所有实施例中的跟踪收集实体TCE可能是其他的实体,即基站可能把测量结果发送给其他的实体。In another embodiment of the present application, the network manager may need the type information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result (exemplarily, the manufacturer of the terminal device, the type of the terminal device, etc., such as the International Mobile Equipment Identity Type Allocation Code (IMEI type allocation code) code,IMEI-TAC)). For example, for management-based MDT measurement, the network management or tracking collection entity TCE, based on the type information of the terminal device obtained, combined with the management-based MDT measurement result of the terminal device, analyzes the type information of the terminal device involved in the measurement result. Corresponding to the performance of such terminal equipment under the network. When the secondary base station receives the management-based MDT measurement configuration from the network management, the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. It should be noted that the situation in which the secondary base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device in this embodiment includes the determination after negotiation with the primary base station, and also includes the secondary base station autonomously determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Further, this implementation introduces how the network management or tracking collection entity TCE obtains the type information of the terminal device. The network manager sends the management-based MDT measurement configuration information to the base station and carries the first network management indication information, indicating whether to obtain the type information of the terminal device (for example, whether to send the type information of the terminal device to the TCE). The first network management indication information may be display indication information (for example, MDT data anonymization indication, the value may be an enumerated type, the value may be no identification, or TMEI-TAC is required), or it may be implicit indication information. The application embodiment does not limit the specific bearing mode of the first network management indication information, as long as the base station can learn whether the network management or tracking collection entity TCE requires terminal device type information. It should be noted that the tracking collection entity TCE in all the embodiments of this application may be other entities, that is, the base station may send the measurement results to other entities.

当该第一网管指示信息指示网管或跟踪收集实体TCE需要终端设备的类型信息,辅基站可以通过与主基站间的接口(例如X2或Xn接口)向主基站发送第一请求指示信息,该请求指示信息可以为隐私指示(privacy indicator)。比如当网管向辅基站发送的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为immediate MDT配置信息时,该第一请求指示信息取值为immediate MDT测量;当网管给辅基站发送的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为logged MDT配置信息时,该第一请求指示信息取值为logged MDT测量。例 如,辅基站可以通过辅基站修改需求消息(S-NODE modification required或SgNB modification requried)发送第一请求指示信息。进一步的,辅基站给主基站发送第一请求指示信息的时候,还可以携带跟踪记录会话参考(Trace Recording Session Reference),跟踪参考(Trace Reference),终端的服务小区的全局小区标识(cell global identification,CGI),跟踪收集实体的IP地址中的至少一项。可选的,辅基站可以在收到终端设备的MDT测量结果之后向主基站发送第一请求指示信息,也可以在其他时刻向主基站发送第一请求指示信息。When the first network management indication information indicates that the network management or tracking collection entity TCE requires terminal equipment type information, the secondary base station may send the first request indication information to the primary base station through the interface (for example, X2 or Xn interface) with the primary base station. The indication information may be a privacy indicator (privacy indicator). For example, when the management-based MDT measurement configuration information sent by the network management to the secondary base station indicates that the current configuration information is immediate MDT configuration information, the first request indication information takes the value of immediate MDT measurement; when the network management sends the management-based measurement to the secondary base station When the MDT measurement configuration information indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT configuration information, the value of the first request indication information is logged MDT measurement. For example, the secondary base station may send the first request indication information through the secondary base station modification required message (S-NODE modification required or SgNB modification required). Further, when the secondary base station sends the first request indication information to the primary base station, it can also carry the trace recording session reference (Trace Recording Session Reference), the trace reference (Trace Reference), and the global cell identification of the serving cell of the terminal (cell global identification). ,CGI), track at least one of the IP addresses of the collecting entity. Optionally, the secondary base station may send the first request indication information to the primary base station after receiving the MDT measurement result of the terminal device, and may also send the first request indication information to the primary base station at other times.

进一步的,主基站接收到辅基站发送的该第一请求指示信息后,主基站通过与核心网设备控制面信令间的交互(例如S1或NG接口中基站给核心网发发送的小区业务跟踪消息cell traffic trace)向核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息。第二请求指示信息和第一请求指示信息的指示内容可以相同。之后,核心网设备收到该第二请求指示信息之后,会查找该终端的类型信息,并向网管或跟踪收集实体TCE发送该终端设备的类型信息。当该第一请求指示信息指示无需终端设备标识时,辅基站无需向主基站发送第二请求指示信息,即网管或跟踪收集实体TCE不需要获知终端设备的类型信息。需要说明的是,该实施例中辅基站向主基站/核心网请求向跟踪收集实体上报终端设备类型信息的情形包括主辅基站协商后确定由辅基站发送测量配置的情形,即,辅基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置之后,本实施例向网管或跟踪收集实体TCE上报终端设备类型信息的过程可以在操作208之前或者操作208之后,并不限定;也包括,辅基站自主确定向终端设备发送测量配置的情形,即,不与主基站协商,辅基站自主确定向终端设备发送测量配置时,根据接收到的第一网管指示信息判断是否向主基站/核心网请求上报终端设备的类型信息。Further, after the primary base station receives the first request indication information sent by the secondary base station, the primary base station interacts with the control plane signaling of the core network equipment (for example, the cell service tracking sent by the base station to the core network in the S1 or NG interface) The message cell traffic trace) sends the second request indication information to the core network device. The indication content of the second request indication information and the first request indication information may be the same. After that, after the core network device receives the second request indication information, it will look up the type information of the terminal, and send the type information of the terminal device to the network management or tracking collection entity TCE. When the first request indication information indicates that the terminal device identifier is not required, the secondary base station does not need to send the second request indication information to the primary base station, that is, the network management or the tracking collection entity TCE does not need to know the type information of the terminal device. It should be noted that in this embodiment, the situation where the secondary base station requests the primary base station/core network to report the terminal equipment type information to the tracking collection entity includes the situation where the primary and secondary base stations determine that the secondary base station sends the measurement configuration after negotiation, that is, the secondary base station determines After sending the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the process of reporting the terminal device type information to the network management or tracking collection entity TCE in this embodiment may be before operation 208 or after operation 208, which is not limited; it also includes that the secondary base station independently determines to send to the terminal device In the case of measurement configuration, that is, without negotiating with the primary base station, when the secondary base station autonomously determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, it determines whether to request the primary base station/core network to report the type information of the terminal device according to the received first network management instruction information.

操作209:主基站向终端设备发送测量配置。可选的,主基站可以通过Uu接口消息来发送测量配置。Operation 209: the primary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Optionally, the primary base station can send the measurement configuration through a Uu interface message.

需要说明的是,本申请中,主基站可以在确定向终端设备发送测量配置之后,立刻向终端设备发送测量配置,也可以在主基站确定向终端设备发送测量配置一段时间之后向终端设备发送测量配置,本申请对此不进行限定。It should be noted that in this application, the main base station may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device immediately after determining to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, or it may send the measurement configuration to the terminal device after the main base station determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device for a period of time. The configuration is not limited in this application.

当终端设备接收到基站下发的测量配置之后,终端设备会按照对应的测量配置,记录对应的测量结果。通常情况下,终端设备还要向基站发送测量结果,再由基站向收集实体(Trace Collection Entity,TCE)发送测量报告,该测量报告携带测量结果和该测量结果对应的无线接入技术(Radio Access Technology,RAT)信息。After the terminal device receives the measurement configuration issued by the base station, the terminal device records the corresponding measurement result according to the corresponding measurement configuration. Generally, the terminal device also sends the measurement result to the base station, and the base station sends the measurement report to the Trace Collection Entity (TCE). The measurement report carries the measurement result and the radio access technology (Radio Access Technology) corresponding to the measurement result. Technology, RAT) information.

在本申请的另一实施例中,若操作208或操作209向终端设备发送测量配置之后,终端设备得到了测量结果,还可以包括操作210和操作211。需要说明的是,基站接收到测量结果之后可以立即向收集实体发送,也可以在一段时间之后向收集实体发送,本申请并不限定。In another embodiment of the present application, if operation 208 or operation 209 sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device and the terminal device obtains the measurement result, it may also include operation 210 and operation 211. It should be noted that the base station may send the measurement result to the collecting entity immediately after receiving the measurement result, or may send it to the collecting entity after a period of time, which is not limited in this application.

操作210:终端设备向基站(主基站或辅基站)发送测量结果。Operation 210: the terminal device sends the measurement result to the base station (primary base station or secondary base station).

可选的,终端设备可以通过Uu接口的控制面承载或者用户面承载向主基站发送测量结果,同时也可以通过Uu接口信息来传递该测量结果对应的RAT信息。Optionally, the terminal device may send the measurement result to the main base station through the control plane bearer or the user plane bearer of the Uu interface, and at the same time may also transmit the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result through the Uu interface information.

在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍RAT信息可能的内容:In the embodiments of this application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce possible content of RAT information:

一种可选的方式:该RAT信息可以为该测量结果对应业务承载的RAT类型信息,例如,该业务承载在LTE,或该业务承载在NR,本申请并不限定。An optional way: the RAT information may be the RAT type information of the service bearer corresponding to the measurement result, for example, the service is carried in LTE, or the service is carried in NR, which is not limited by this application.

一种可选的方式:该RAT信息可以为下发该测量配置的或收到测量结果的接入网设备的类型信息(比如NR基站,还是LTE基站);An optional way: the RAT information may be the type information of the access network device that issued the measurement configuration or received the measurement result (for example, NR base station or LTE base station);

一种可选的方式:该RAT信息可以为服务小区的小区全局标识。An optional way: the RAT information may be the cell global identity of the serving cell.

可选的,当终端设备向主基站发起无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接时,终端设备可以在RRC消息中携带第四指示信息,该第四指示信息指示当前终端设备记录了测量结果。可选的,第四指示信息还可能指示为当前终端设备记录了辅基站对应无线接入技术对应的测量结果。主基站接收到第四指示信息后,可以向终端设备发送请求测量结果记录,终端设备接收到请求之后再向主基站发送测量结果。例如:当终端设备向主基站发起RRC连接时,可以在RRC设置完成(RRCSetupComplete)消息中携带第四指示信息,指示终端设备记录了测量结果,之后主基站在终端设备信息请求(InformationRequest)中携带第五指示信息,该第五指示信息指示终端设备向主基站发送测量结果。之后,终端设备再在终端设备信息响应(InformationResponse)中向主基站发送测量结果。可选的,当第四指示信息指示为当前终端设备记录了辅基站对应无线接入技术对应的测量结果,主基站获得测量结果之后,可以把测量结果发送给辅基站。Optionally, when the terminal device initiates a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connection to the primary base station, the terminal device may carry fourth indication information in the RRC message, and the fourth indication information indicates that the current terminal device has recorded the measurement result . Optionally, the fourth indication information may also indicate that the current terminal device has recorded a measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station. After receiving the fourth indication information, the primary base station may send a request for measurement result recording to the terminal device, and the terminal device may send the measurement result to the primary base station after receiving the request. For example: when the terminal device initiates an RRC connection to the primary base station, the fourth indication information can be carried in the RRC Setup Complete (RRCSetupComplete) message to instruct the terminal device to record the measurement result, and then the primary base station carries it in the terminal equipment information request (InformationRequest) Fifth indication information, the fifth indication information instructing the terminal device to send the measurement result to the primary base station. After that, the terminal device sends the measurement result to the main base station in the terminal device information response (InformationResponse). Optionally, when the fourth indication information indicates that the current terminal device has recorded the measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station, the primary base station may send the measurement result to the secondary base station after obtaining the measurement result.

可以理解的是,与终端设备向主基站发送测量结果类似,终端设备也可以向辅基站发送测量结果,所不同的是发送对象为辅基站,接口为终端设备与辅基站之间的接口(即终端设备在给辅基站的RRC消息中携带一指示信息,该指示信息指示终端设备记录了测量结果。辅基站接收到该指示信息后,可以向终端设备发送请求上报测量结果,终端设备接收到请求之后再向辅基站发送测量结果)。可选的,辅基站在接收到终端设备发送的测量结果之后,再向主基站发送该测量结果,例如辅基站可以通过Xn接口向主基站发送该测量结果。It is understandable that, similar to the terminal device sending the measurement result to the primary base station, the terminal device can also send the measurement result to the secondary base station. The difference is that the sending object is the secondary base station, and the interface is the interface between the terminal device and the secondary base station (ie The terminal equipment carries an indication information in the RRC message to the secondary base station, which indicates that the terminal equipment has recorded the measurement result. After receiving the indication information, the secondary base station can send a request to the terminal equipment to report the measurement result, and the terminal equipment receives the request Then send the measurement result to the secondary base station). Optionally, after receiving the measurement result sent by the terminal device, the secondary base station sends the measurement result to the primary base station. For example, the secondary base station may send the measurement result to the primary base station through the Xn interface.

可选的,当第四指示信息指示为当前终端设备记录了辅基站对应无线接入技术对应的测量结果,主基站收到第四指示信息之后,主基站给辅基站发送一个指示信息(对应的取值可能和第四指示信息取值相同),指示终端设备具有辅基站对应无线接入技术对应的测量结果。辅基站收到该指示之后,辅基站可以给终端设备发送请求上报测量结果,终端设备接收到请求之后再向辅基站发送测量结果。Optionally, when the fourth indication information indicates that the current terminal equipment has recorded the measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station, after the primary base station receives the fourth indication information, the primary base station sends an indication information (corresponding The value may be the same as the value of the fourth indication information), indicating that the terminal device has a measurement result corresponding to the radio access technology corresponding to the secondary base station. After the secondary base station receives the instruction, the secondary base station can send a request to the terminal device to report the measurement result, and the terminal device sends the measurement result to the secondary base station after receiving the request.

需要说明的是,接收终端设备发送的测量结果的基站可能和之前下发测量配置的基站不是同一个基站。比如对于logged MDT而言,当终端设备接收到测量配置之后,当终端设备进入到空闲态或非激活态时,终端设备会按照对应的测量配置记录对应的测量结果,之后终端设备进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后,终端设备再把测量结果发送给基站。由于终端设备的移动性,所以下发测量配置的基站可能和接收测量结果的基站不是同一个基站。It should be noted that the base station that receives the measurement result sent by the terminal device may not be the same base station that previously issued the measurement configuration. For example, for logged MDT, after the terminal device receives the measurement configuration, when the terminal device enters the idle state or the inactive state, the terminal device records the corresponding measurement result according to the corresponding measurement configuration, and then the terminal device enters the RRC_CONNECTED state , The terminal device sends the measurement result to the base station. Due to the mobility of the terminal equipment, the base station sending the measurement configuration may not be the same base station as the base station receiving the measurement results.

操作210是可选的。Operation 210 is optional.

操作211:基站(主基站或辅基站)向收集实体发送测量报告。Operation 211: the base station (primary base station or secondary base station) sends a measurement report to the collection entity.

主基站接收到测量报告之后,其中,该测量报告携带测量结果和该测量结果对应的RAT信息,主基站可以根据收集实体的IP地址,向收集实体上报测量报告,这样的话,收集实体根据测量报告可以获知该测量结果对应的RAT类型,从而知道该网络的性能信息,对该特定的网络进行优化。After the primary base station receives the measurement report, where the measurement report carries the measurement result and the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result, the primary base station can report the measurement report to the collecting entity according to the IP address of the collecting entity. In this case, the collecting entity will report the measurement report according to the measurement report. The RAT type corresponding to the measurement result can be known, so that the performance information of the network can be known, and the specific network can be optimized.

可以理解的是,与主基站向收集实体发送测量报告类似,辅基站也可以向收集实体发送测量报告。可选的,也可以辅基站向主基站发送测量报告之后,再由主基站向收集实体发送测量报告。It is understandable that, similar to the primary base station sending a measurement report to the collecting entity, the secondary base station may also send a measurement report to the collecting entity. Optionally, after the secondary base station sends the measurement report to the primary base station, the primary base station sends the measurement report to the collection entity.

需要说明的是,终端设备上报测量结果时不携带该测量结果对应的RAT信息时,基站还可以增加测量结果对应的RAT信息,并发送给收集实体。It should be noted that, when the terminal device does not carry the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result when reporting the measurement result, the base station may also add the RAT information corresponding to the measurement result and send it to the collecting entity.

操作211是可选的。Operation 211 is optional.

需要说明的是,终端设备上传测量结果的基站与下发测量配置的基站并不一定为同一基站,也就是说,终端设备可向其他为其提供服务的基站发送测量结果,因此操作210和操作211是可选的。It should be noted that the base station through which the terminal equipment uploads the measurement results and the base station through which the measurement configuration is issued are not necessarily the same base station. In other words, the terminal equipment can send measurement results to other base stations that provide services for it. Therefore, operation 210 and operation 211 is optional.

在实际中可能会存在需要向终端设备发送多套测量配置的场景,示例性的,可能是向双连接场景中的终端发送两套测量配置,(例如一套为LTE制式的MDT测量配置,一套为NR制式的MDT测量配置);还可能是需要进行不同频点的测量(例如一套为低频的QoE测量配置,一套为高频的QoE测量配置),即可能会存在允许向终端设备发送至少两套测量配置的场景。In practice, there may be scenarios in which multiple sets of measurement configurations need to be sent to the terminal device. For example, two sets of measurement configurations may be sent to the terminal in a dual-connection scenario (for example, one set of MDT measurement configurations for LTE standard, one The set is the MDT measurement configuration of the NR standard); it may also be necessary to perform measurements at different frequency points (for example, one set of low-frequency QoE measurement configuration, one set of high-frequency QoE measurement configuration), that is, there may be permission to terminal equipment Send at least two sets of measurement configuration scenarios.

为了避免赘述,本申请下述实施例以向终端设备发送两套测量配置为例,简要介绍接入网设备间如何协商发送测量配置。可以理解的是,在需要向终端设备发送多套测量配置的场景下,如果接入网设备之间独立发送测量配置,测量配置之间也可能发生覆盖,造成测量资源浪费的问题。基于此,本申请在200方法中提到的第一接入网设备与第二接入网设备协商之后向终端设备发送测量配置的方法也适用于多个接入网设备向终端设备发送多套测量的场景下。In order to avoid redundancy, the following embodiments of the present application take the sending of two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device as an example, and briefly introduce how to negotiate and send the measurement configuration between the access network devices. It is understandable that in a scenario where multiple sets of measurement configurations need to be sent to the terminal device, if the measurement configurations are independently sent between the access network devices, coverage between the measurement configurations may also occur, causing a problem of wasting measurement resources. Based on this, the method of sending a measurement configuration to a terminal device after negotiation between the first access network device and the second access network device mentioned in the 200 method of this application is also applicable to multiple access network devices sending multiple sets to the terminal device. Under the measurement scenario.

与方法200类似的,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备通过协商向终端设备发送两套测量配置,其中第一接入网设备具有测量配置发送的决策权,在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选方式,介绍接入网设备间如何通过协商向终端设备发送两套测量配置。Similar to the method 200, the first access network device and the second access network device send two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device through negotiation. The first access network device has the decision-making power to send the measurement configuration. In the embodiment of the present application, It can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce how to send two sets of measurement configurations to terminal devices through negotiation between access network devices.

一种可选的方式中,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送两套测量配置,通过第一指示信息指示第二接入网设备不能向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the first access network device sends two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device, and the first indication information indicates that the second access network device cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息,指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送两套测量配置,可选的,第一指示信息中可以携带该两套测量配置的相关信息(例如,为LTE制式的基于管理的MDT测量配置,或者,为高频的QoE测量配置)。In an optional manner, the first access network device sends first indication information to the second access network device, instructing the second access network device to send two sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device. Optionally, the first indication information The relevant information of the two sets of measurement configurations (for example, the management-based MDT measurement configuration of the LTE standard, or the high-frequency QoE measurement configuration) can be carried.

一种可选的方式,第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息,指示第二接入网设备向终端设备发送一套测量配置,也就是说,第一接入网设备和第二接入网设备都只向终端设备发送一套测量配置。In an optional manner, the first access network device sends first indication information to the second access network device, instructing the second access network device to send a set of measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the first access network device Both the network device and the second access network device only send one set of measurement configurations to the terminal device.

在本申请的另一实施例中,第一接入网设备与多个第二接入网设备协商向终端设备发送一套或者多套测量配置,其中,第一接入网设备具有测量配置发送的决策权,在本申请实施例中以主基站与两个辅基站协商(为了方便描述,分别记作第一辅基站与第二辅基站)为例,具体分为以下几种可选的方式介绍主基站和多个辅基站如何通过协商向终端设备发送一套测量配置。In another embodiment of the present application, the first access network device negotiates with multiple second access network devices to send one or more sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device, where the first access network device has a measurement configuration to send In the embodiment of this application, the negotiation between the primary base station and two secondary base stations (denoted as the first secondary base station and the second secondary base station respectively for the convenience of description) is taken as an example in the embodiment of this application, and is specifically divided into the following options Introduce how the primary base station and multiple secondary base stations negotiate to send a set of measurement configurations to the terminal equipment.

一种可选的方式,主基站向终端设备发送测量配置,通过第七指示信息指示第一辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,通过第八指示信息指示第二辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the primary base station sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the seventh indication information indicates that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Configuration.

一种可选的方式,主基站通过第七指示信息指示第一辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置,通过第八指示信息指示第二辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and through the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,主基站通过第七指示信息指示第一辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置,通过第八指示信息指示第二辅基站能向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and through the eighth indication information indicates that the second secondary base station can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

一种可选的方式,第一辅基站向主基站发送第四请求信息请求向终端设备发送测量配置, 主基站同意第四请求信息,主基站通过第八指示信息指示第二辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the first secondary base station sends the fourth request information to the primary base station to request the measurement configuration to be sent to the terminal device, the primary base station agrees with the fourth request information, and the primary base station indicates through the eighth indication information that the second secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal The device sends the measurement configuration.

一种可选的方式,第二辅基站向主基站发送第五请求信息请求向终端设备发送测量配置,主基站同意第五请求信息,主基站通过第七指示信息指示第一辅基站不能向终端设备发送测量配置。可以理解的是,第一接入网设备和多个第二接入网设备也可以通过协商后向终端设备发送多套测量配置,协商机制与上述实施例类似,与协商后只发送一套测量配置所不同的是,第一接入网设备可以指示多个第二接入网设备向终端设备发送测量配置。In an optional manner, the second secondary base station sends the fifth request information to the primary base station to request the measurement configuration to be sent to the terminal device, the primary base station agrees with the fifth request information, and the primary base station indicates through the seventh indication information that the first secondary base station cannot send the measurement configuration to the terminal. The device sends the measurement configuration. It is understandable that the first access network device and multiple second access network devices can also send multiple sets of measurement configurations to the terminal device after negotiation. The negotiation mechanism is similar to the foregoing embodiment, and only one set of measurement configurations is sent after negotiation. The difference in configuration is that the first access network device can instruct multiple second access network devices to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device.

在需要向终端设备发送多套测量配置的场景下,终端设备需要为测量结果分配内存,由于终端设备内存资源有限的约束,本申请提出了多套测量配置对应的测量结果的内存分配方式,提供了灵活的内存存储方式,具体为,内存可以是独立的也可以是共享的。In the scenario where multiple sets of measurement configurations need to be sent to the terminal device, the terminal device needs to allocate memory for the measurement results. Due to the limitation of the limited memory resources of the terminal device, this application proposes a memory allocation method for the measurement results corresponding to multiple sets of measurement configurations. A flexible memory storage method, specifically, the memory can be independent or shared.

以终端设备会接收到两套测量配置为例,附图3是本申请实施例提供的通信方法300的流程示意图。下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图3,对本申请实施例的技术方案进行具体的描述。示例性的,附图3所对应的通信方法包括:Taking the terminal device receiving two sets of measurement configurations as an example, FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 300 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 in the embodiments of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication method corresponding to FIG. 3 includes:

操作301:终端设备获取至少两套测量配置。Operation 301: The terminal device obtains at least two sets of measurement configurations.

以终端设备获取两套测量配置举例而言,例如,该两套测量配置可以是一套高频的QoE测量配置和一套低频的QoE测量配置,或者该两套测量配置可以都为logged MDT测量。可选的,该两套测量配置可以是主基站发送的,也可以是辅基站发送两套测量配置,还可以是,主基站发送一套测量配置,辅基站发送一套测量配置。可选的,该测量配置可以通过RRC消息接收。Take the terminal device to obtain two sets of measurement configurations as an example. For example, the two sets of measurement configurations can be a set of high-frequency QoE measurement configurations and a set of low-frequency QoE measurement configurations, or both sets of measurement configurations can be logged MDT measurements. . Optionally, the two sets of measurement configurations may be sent by the primary base station, or the secondary base station may send two sets of measurement configurations, or the primary base station sends a set of measurement configurations and the secondary base station sends a set of measurement configurations. Optionally, the measurement configuration can be received through an RRC message.

操作302:主基站或辅基站向终端设备发送第六指示信息。Operation 302: the primary base station or the secondary base station sends sixth indication information to the terminal device.

其中,第六指示信息用于指示两套测量结果的内存分配方式,可以为独立内存存储或者也可以为共享内存存储。可以理解的是,可以是主基站向终端设备发送第六指示信息,也可以是辅基站向终端设备发送第六指示信息。可选的,该第六指示信息可以通过Uu接口发送给终端设备。Among them, the sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results, which may be independent memory storage or shared memory storage. It is understandable that the primary base station may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device, or the secondary base station may send the sixth indication information to the terminal device. Optionally, the sixth indication information may be sent to the terminal device through the Uu interface.

操作302是可选的。Operation 302 is optional.

需要说明的是,操作301和302并没有严格的先后关系,本申请实施例并不限定。It should be noted that there is no strict sequence relationship between operations 301 and 302, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited.

操作303:终端设备确定内存分配方式。Operation 303: The terminal device determines the memory allocation mode.

终端设备接收到两套测量配置后,终端设备需要确定两套测量配置对应得到的两套测量结果的内存分配方式。在本申请实施例中,可具体分为以下几种可选的方式,介绍终端设备两套测量结果的内存分配方式:After the terminal device receives the two sets of measurement configurations, the terminal device needs to determine the memory allocation mode of the two sets of measurement results corresponding to the two sets of measurement configurations. In the embodiment of this application, it can be specifically divided into the following optional methods to introduce the memory allocation methods of the two sets of measurement results of the terminal device:

一种可选的方式:两套测量结果的内存为独立的,也就是说,两套测量结果有各自独立的内存,例如,终端设备为两套测量结果分别分配了64K和64K内存,本申请并不限定。可选的,在该分配方式下,当某个无线接入技术对应的logged MDT对应的内存满了时,只停止该无线接入技术的logged MDT对应的测量和测量结果记录。终端设备可以在一定时间(比如48小时)之后把保存的该无线接入技术的logged MDT记录的测量结果丢弃。也就是说某个无线接入技术对应的logged MDT对应的内存满了之后并不影响另外一个无线接入技术对应的logged MDT的测量和测量结果记录。An optional method: the memory of the two sets of measurement results are independent, that is, the two sets of measurement results have their own independent memory. For example, the terminal device allocates 64K and 64K of memory for the two sets of measurement results. This application Not limited. Optionally, in this allocation mode, when the memory corresponding to the logged MDT corresponding to a certain radio access technology is full, only the measurement and measurement result recording corresponding to the logged MDT of the radio access technology is stopped. The terminal device may discard the saved measurement results of the logged MDT record of the wireless access technology after a certain time (for example, 48 hours). That is to say, after the memory corresponding to the logged MDT corresponding to a certain wireless access technology is full, it does not affect the measurement and measurement result recording of the logged MDT corresponding to another wireless access technology.

可选的,在终端设备确定两套测量结果的内存为独立的情况下,还可以进一步确定内存 分配比例。例如分配比例为3:1,终端设备为测量结果预留的总内存为128K,则终端设备为两套测量结果分别分配了96K和32K内存,本申请并不限定。需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定终端设备如何选择内存分配比例。可能操作302中基站发送的第六指示信息中携带了内存分配比例,也可能基站新定义了一个消息向终端设备发送内存分配比例,也可能是终端设备内部来决定内存分配比例,本申请并不限定。一种可选的方式:两套测量结果的内存分配方式为共享的,也就是说,两套测量结果共享内存,这样的话会提高单个测量结果能存储内存的最大值。例如:两套测量结果的总共享内存为128K,则单个测量结果最多能存储的内存为128K,这样的话会大于内存独立分配情况下的64K,提供了灵活的内存分配选择,能最大化利用内存。可选的,在该分配方式下,当终端设备用于存储logged MDT测量记录的内存满了时,停止两个无线接入技术对应的logged MDT测量和记录。终端设备可以在一定时间(比如48小时)之后把保存的logged MDT记录的测量结果丢弃。也就是说logged MDT对应的内存满了之后停止两个无线接入技术对应的logged MDT的测量和测量结果记录。Optionally, when the terminal device determines that the memory of the two sets of measurement results are independent, the memory allocation ratio can be further determined. For example, the allocation ratio is 3:1, and the total memory reserved by the terminal device for the measurement result is 128K, and the terminal device allocates 96K and 32K memory for the two sets of measurement results, which is not limited by this application. It should be noted that this embodiment of the application does not limit how the terminal device selects the memory allocation ratio. The sixth indication message sent by the base station in operation 302 may carry the memory allocation ratio, or the base station may newly define a message to send the memory allocation ratio to the terminal device, or the terminal device may determine the memory allocation ratio internally. limited. An optional method: the memory allocation method of the two sets of measurement results is shared, that is, the two sets of measurement results share the memory. This will increase the maximum value of the memory that a single measurement result can store. For example, if the total shared memory of two sets of measurement results is 128K, the maximum memory that can be stored in a single measurement result is 128K, which will be larger than 64K in the case of independent memory allocation, which provides flexible memory allocation options and maximizes the use of memory . Optionally, in this allocation mode, when the memory for storing the logged MDT measurement record of the terminal device is full, the logged MDT measurement and recording corresponding to the two wireless access technologies is stopped. The terminal device can discard the saved measurement results of the logged MDT record after a certain period of time (for example, 48 hours). That is to say, after the memory corresponding to the logged MDT is full, the measurement and measurement result recording of the logged MDT corresponding to the two wireless access technologies are stopped.

一种可选的方式,终端设备还可以进一步确定测量结果的优先级,即终端设备优先存储优先级高的测量结果,或者对于同一类测量的测量结果,终端设备可以用高优先级的测量结果覆盖低优先级的测量结果。可以理解的是,测量结果的优先级可以由接入网设备指定,也可以由终端设备自主确定。需要说明的是,这里的优先存储或覆盖可以是指当终端设备的logged MDT对应的内存满了之后的行为。In an optional manner, the terminal device can further determine the priority of the measurement result, that is, the terminal device preferentially stores the measurement result with high priority, or for the measurement result of the same type of measurement, the terminal device can use the measurement result with high priority Overwrite low-priority measurement results. It is understandable that the priority of the measurement result can be specified by the access network device or independently determined by the terminal device. It should be noted that the priority storage or overwriting here may refer to the behavior when the memory corresponding to the logged MDT of the terminal device is full.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定终端设备如何选择内存分配方式。终端设备可能根据操作302中基站发送的第六指示信息来确定内存分配方式,即第六指示信息指示采用哪一种内存分配方式。也可能协议中规定采用哪一种内存分配方式,也可能完全由终端设备的内部实现来决定内存分配方式,本申请并不限定。It should be noted that this embodiment of the present application does not limit how the terminal device selects the memory allocation mode. The terminal device may determine the memory allocation method according to the sixth instruction information sent by the base station in operation 302, that is, the sixth instruction information indicates which memory allocation method is used. It is also possible that the protocol specifies which memory allocation method is used, or the internal implementation of the terminal device may completely determine the memory allocation method, which is not limited by this application.

在本申请的另一实施例中,当终端设备收到多个测量配置时,比如终端设备接收到主基站和辅基站分别发送的两套测量配置。由终端设备决定是否进行测量配置的覆盖,即由终端设备决定保留几套测量配置。比如。当终端设备有能力保留两套测量配置时,则终端设备收到两套配置时,就可以无需进行测量配置的覆盖,终端可以同时保留着两套测量配置。当终端设备只有能力保持一套测量配置时,终端设备收到两套测量配置时,由终端进行测量配置的覆盖(比如最新的测量配置覆盖之前收到的测量配置)。In another embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device receives multiple measurement configurations, for example, the terminal device receives two sets of measurement configurations respectively sent by the primary base station and the secondary base station. The terminal device decides whether to cover the measurement configuration, that is, the terminal device decides to keep several measurement configurations. such as. When the terminal device has the ability to retain two sets of measurement configurations, when the terminal device receives the two sets of configurations, there is no need to cover the measurement configuration, and the terminal can retain both sets of measurement configurations at the same time. When the terminal device only has the ability to maintain one set of measurement configurations, when the terminal device receives two sets of measurement configurations, the terminal performs measurement configuration coverage (for example, the latest measurement configuration covers the measurement configuration received before).

可以理解的是,图3所示实施例是以两个基站并且终端接收到两套测量配置进行举例说明的,图3实施例所描述的方法也可以适用于两个基站并且终端接收多套测量配置,以及进一步的,适用于多个基站并且终端接收到多套测量配置的场景中,,对于上述多个基站和多套测量配置的场景的处理方式,与图3所示实施例类似,可以由接入网设备确定多套测量配置对应的测量结果的内存分配方式,也可以由终端设备自主决定内存分配方式,可选的,多套测量配置对应的测量结果的内存可以是独立的也可以是共享的。可选的,接入网设备或终端设备可以指示多套测量结果的优先级。It is understandable that the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 is exemplified by two base stations and the terminal receives two sets of measurement configurations. The method described in the embodiment in FIG. 3 can also be applied to two base stations and the terminal receives multiple sets of measurement. Configuration, and further, applicable to scenarios where multiple base stations and multiple sets of measurement configurations are received by the terminal, the processing method for the above multiple base stations and multiple sets of measurement configurations is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, The access network equipment determines the memory allocation method for the measurement results corresponding to multiple measurement configurations, or the terminal device independently determines the memory allocation method. Optionally, the memory allocation for the measurement results corresponding to multiple measurement configurations can be independent or Is shared. Optionally, the access network device or the terminal device may indicate the priority of multiple sets of measurement results.

对于immediate MDT而言,immediate MDT中的测量可能是由基站的不同实体执行。比如对于immediate MDT中的上行干扰功率测量而言,是由DU执行测量,对于终端设备的功率余量测量而言,是由终端设备上报给DU。对于终端设备测量到的信号质量而言,终端设备把测量结果上报给CU。对于终端设备的吞吐量或数据量测量而言,可能由CU-UP进行测 量。对于运营商而言,可能想知道同一个终端设备的这些由不同实体执行或获得的测量结果。如果这些测量结果都先统一发送给基站的某个实体,则会导致不同的实体之间的接口(比如F1/E1口)存在大量的测量结果交互,会带来比较大的交互负荷。所以一种方法就是基站的各个实体把对应的结果都直接发送给跟踪收集实体TCE。但需要一种方法来使得TCE获知从各个实体来的测量结果是关于同一个终端设备的。本申请的另一实施例中,各个实体在向TCE发送测量结果时,通过携带标识信息使得TCE获知从各个实体接收到的测量结果是否是关于同一个终端设备的。For immediate MDT, the measurement in immediate MDT may be performed by different entities of the base station. For example, for the uplink interference power measurement in the immediate MDT, the measurement is performed by the DU, and for the power headroom measurement of the terminal device, the terminal device reports to the DU. For the signal quality measured by the terminal device, the terminal device reports the measurement result to the CU. For the throughput or data volume measurement of terminal equipment, the measurement may be performed by CU-UP. For operators, they may want to know the measurement results performed or obtained by different entities of the same terminal device. If these measurement results are first uniformly sent to a certain entity of the base station, it will cause a large number of measurement result interactions between different entities (such as F1/E1 ports), which will bring a relatively large interaction load. So one method is that each entity of the base station sends the corresponding results directly to the tracking collection entity TCE. However, a method is needed for TCE to know that the measurement results from various entities are about the same terminal device. In another embodiment of the present application, when each entity sends a measurement result to the TCE, it carries identification information so that the TCE knows whether the measurement result received from each entity is about the same terminal device.

附图4是本申请实施例提供的通信方法400的流程示意图。下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图4,对TCE如何获知从单个基站的各个实体接收的测量结果是关于同一个终端设备的进行具体的描述。示例性的,附图4所对应的通信方法包括:FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following will specifically describe how the TCE learns that the measurement results received from each entity of a single base station are about the same terminal device with reference to FIG. 4 in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication method corresponding to FIG. 4 includes:

操作410:基站的各个实体收集到对应的MDT测量结果时,把对应的测量结果发送给跟踪收集实体TCE,并携带关于对应终端设备的标识信息。Operation 410: When each entity of the base station collects the corresponding MDT measurement result, it sends the corresponding measurement result to the tracking collection entity TCE, and carries identification information about the corresponding terminal device.

需要说明的是,在本步骤之前,基站的各个实体(比如CU-CP,CU-UP,DU)会收到各自对应的测量配置。比如CU-CP从核心网或网管收到对应的MDT测量配置时,CU-CP会把和其他实体相关的测量配置发送给其他实体(比如CU-CP通过E1接口发送给CU-UP,CU-CP通过F1接口发送给DU)。It should be noted that before this step, each entity of the base station (such as CU-CP, CU-UP, DU) will receive their corresponding measurement configuration. For example, when CU-CP receives the corresponding MDT measurement configuration from the core network or network management, CU-CP will send the measurement configuration related to other entities to other entities (for example, CU-CP sends to CU-UP through E1 interface, CU- The CP is sent to the DU through the F1 interface).

可选的,该终端设备的标识信息可能为基站为终端设备分配的小区无线临时标识C-RNTI。Optionally, the identification information of the terminal device may be a cell radio temporary identification C-RNTI allocated by the base station to the terminal device.

可选的,CU-CP上报测量结果时,携带的是以下至少一项:该终端设备在CU-CP侧的F1-C口标识信息(比如gNB-CU UE F1AP ID),该终端设备在DU侧的F1-C口的标识信息(比如gNB-DU UE F1AP ID),CU-CP为该终端设备分配的在CU-CP侧的E1口的标识信息(比如gNB-CU-CP UE E1AP ID),CU-UP为该终端设备分配的在CU-UP侧的E1口的标识信息(比如gNB-CU-UP UE E1AP ID),该终端设备对应的C-RNTI。Optionally, when the CU-CP reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's F1-C port identification information on the CU-CP side (such as gNB-CU UE F1AP ID), and the terminal device is in the DU The identification information of the F1-C port on the side (such as gNB-DU UE F1AP ID), and the identification information of the E1 port on the CU-CP side allocated by CU-CP for the terminal device (such as gNB-CU-CP UE E1AP ID) CU-UP is the identification information of the E1 port on the CU-UP side allocated by the terminal device (such as gNB-CU-UP UE E1AP ID), and the C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.

可选的,CU-UP上报测量结果时,携带的是以下至少一项:CU-CP为该终端设备分配的在CU-CP侧的E1口标识信息,CU-UP为该终端设备分配的在CU-UP侧的E1口的标识信息,CU-UP为该终端设备分配的在CU-UP侧的F1-U口的标识信息(比如F1-U口中CU-UP侧的传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),DU为该终端设备分配的在DU侧的F1-U口的标识信息(比如F1-U口中DU侧的传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),该终端设备对应的C-RNTI。Optionally, when the CU-UP reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: CU-CP assigns the terminal device’s E1 port identification information on the CU-CP side, and CU-UP assigns the terminal device’s The identification information of the E1 port on the CU-UP side, the identification information of the F1-U port on the CU-UP side allocated by the CU-UP for the terminal device (such as the transport layer address and the GTP tunnel on the CU-UP side in the F1-U port Port identification), the identification information of the F1-U port on the DU side allocated by the DU for the terminal device (for example, the transport layer address on the DU side in the F1-U port and the GTP tunnel port identification), and the C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.

可选的,DU上报测量结果时,携带的是以下至少一项:CU-CP为该终端设备分配的在CU-CP侧的F1-C口标识信息,DU为该终端设备分配的在DU侧的F1-C口的标识信息,CU-UP为该终端设备分配的在CU-UP侧的F1-U口的标识信息,DU为该终端设备分配的在DU侧的F1-U口的标识信息,该终端设备对应的C-RNTI。Optionally, when the DU reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: CU-CP allocates F1-C port identification information on the CU-CP side for the terminal device, and DU allocates the terminal device on the DU side The identification information of the F1-C port, CU-UP is the identification information of the F1-U port on the CU-UP side allocated by the terminal device, and the DU is the identification information of the F1-U port on the DU side allocated by the terminal device , The C-RNTI corresponding to the terminal device.

可选的,由某个实体(比如CU-CP)分配一个标识(可以利用协议中已有的RAN UE ID),并把该标识发送给其他实体(比如CU-CP把该标识发送给CU-UP和DU)。这样各个实体在上报该终端设备的测量结果时都携带该标识。进一步的,由于比较多的实体可能连接到另外一个实体(比如多个DU连接到一个CU中),各个实体之间还可能交互其他实体的标识(比如CU-CP把DU的标识发送给CU-UP)。这样某些实体在上报该终端设备的测量结果时还携带实体的标识(比如CU-UP在上报时还携带DU的标识。CU-UP,CU-CP,DU在上报测量结果时还可以上报各自的标识)。进一步的,CU-UP,CU-CP,DU在收到对应的测量配置中会携带一个跟踪标识(trace ID)。各个实体在上报该终端设备的测量结果时可能携带该跟踪标识。Optionally, an entity (such as CU-CP) allocates an identifier (the existing RAN UE ID in the protocol can be used), and sends the identifier to other entities (such as CU-CP sends the identifier to CU- UP and DU). In this way, each entity carries the identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device. Further, since more entities may be connected to another entity (for example, multiple DUs are connected to a CU), each entity may also interact with the identification of other entities (for example, CU-CP sends the identification of DU to CU- UP). In this way, when certain entities report the measurement results of the terminal device, they also carry the identity of the entity (for example, CU-UP also carries the identity of the DU when reporting. CU-UP, CU-CP, and DU can also report their respective Logo). Further, CU-UP, CU-CP, and DU will carry a trace ID when receiving the corresponding measurement configuration. Each entity may carry the tracking identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device.

可选的,对于某些测量而言,需要综合多个实体的测量结果得到最终的结果。比如对于时延测量而言,各个实体会周期性在各自中测量在对应实体中的时延(比如CU-UP侧的时延,DU侧的时延等)。为了得到整个无线侧的时延,需要综合各个实体中的测量结果。各个实体除了携带以上终端设备的标识信息,还可携带一个测量序号,代表该测量结果对应的测量周期的序号,这样跟踪收集实体TCE就可以根据测量序号得到相同测量周期上对应的整个无线侧的时延(比如把相同测量序号中的各个实体的测量结果的之和作为无线侧的时延)。Optionally, for some measurements, the measurement results of multiple entities need to be integrated to obtain the final result. For example, for delay measurement, each entity periodically measures the delay in the corresponding entity (such as the delay on the CU-UP side, the delay on the DU side, etc.) in each entity. In order to obtain the delay of the entire wireless side, the measurement results in each entity need to be integrated. In addition to carrying the identification information of the above terminal equipment, each entity can also carry a measurement sequence number, which represents the sequence number of the measurement period corresponding to the measurement result. In this way, the tracking collection entity TCE can obtain the corresponding measurement period of the entire wireless side in the same measurement period according to the measurement sequence number. Time delay (for example, the sum of the measurement results of each entity in the same measurement sequence number is regarded as the time delay on the wireless side).

可选的,各个实体除了携带以上终端设备的标识信息,还携带一个时间信息,该时间信息指示各个实体收到或发送这些测量结果对应的时刻信息。Optionally, in addition to the identification information of the above terminal device, each entity also carries time information, which indicates that each entity receives or sends time information corresponding to these measurement results.

可选的,以上步骤可以针对基于管理的immediate MDT。可选的,以上步骤也可以针对基于信令的immediate MDT。可选的,基于管理的immediate MDT和基于信令的immediate采用不同的方法,基于管理的immediate MDT采用以上的方法,对于基于信令的immediate MDT而言,CU-CP可以把从核心网接收到的跟踪标识(trace ID)发送给CU-UP和DU。CU-CP,CU-UP和DU在把测量结果发送给TCE时,携带该跟踪标识,从而TCE可以根据该跟踪标识来关联某个终端设备在CU-CP/CU-UP/DU的测量结果。Optionally, the above steps may be for immediate MDT based on management. Optionally, the above steps may also be directed to immediate MDT based on signaling. Optionally, management-based immediate MDT and signaling-based immediate use different methods. Management-based immediate MDT uses the above methods. For signaling-based immediate MDT, CU-CP can receive data from the core network. The trace ID is sent to CU-UP and DU. The CU-CP, CU-UP and DU carry the tracking identifier when sending the measurement result to the TCE, so that the TCE can associate the measurement result of a certain terminal device in the CU-CP/CU-UP/DU according to the tracking identifier.

操作420:跟踪收集实体TCE根据终端设备的标识信息,把从基站的各个实体收集到的MDT测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。Operation 420: The tracking collection entity TCE associates the MDT measurement results collected from various entities of the base station to the same terminal device according to the identification information of the terminal device.

跟踪收集实体TCE根据基站的各个实体收集上报测量结果时携带终端设备的标识信息,可以把测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。The tracking collection entity TCE carries the identification information of the terminal device when collecting and reporting the measurement results according to the various entities of the base station, and can associate the measurement results with the same terminal device.

比如根据C-RNTI把各个实体上报的测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。For example, the measurement results reported by each entity are associated with the same terminal device according to the C-RNTI.

比如根据CU-CP侧的F1-C口的标识和DU侧的F1-C口的标识可以把CU-CP和DU发送的测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。根据CU-UP侧的F1-U口的标识和DU侧的F1-U口的标识可以把CU-UP和DU发送的测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。根据CU-CP侧的E1口的标识和CU-UP侧的E1口的标识可以把CU-CP和CU-UP发送的测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。For example, according to the identification of the F1-C port on the CU-CP side and the identification of the F1-C port on the DU side, the measurement results sent by the CU-CP and the DU can be associated with the same terminal device. According to the identification of the F1-U interface on the CU-UP side and the identification of the F1-U interface on the DU side, the measurement results sent by the CU-UP and the DU can be associated with the same terminal device. According to the identification of the E1 port on the CU-CP side and the identification of the E1 port on the CU-UP side, the measurement results sent by the CU-CP and CU-UP can be associated with the same terminal device.

需要说明的是,以上TCE获知从各个实体接收到的测量结果是否是关于同一个终端设备的方法还可以扩展到其他实体之间,比如主基站和辅基站之间。It should be noted that the above method for the TCE to learn whether the measurement results received from each entity are about the same terminal device can also be extended between other entities, such as between the primary base station and the secondary base station.

附图5是本申请实施例提供的通信方法500的流程示意图。下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图5,对TCE如何获知从多个基站的实体接收的测量结果是关于同一个终端设备的进行具体的描述。示例性的,附图4所对应的通信方法包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The following will specifically describe how the TCE learns that the measurement results received from entities of multiple base stations are about the same terminal device with reference to FIG. 5 in the embodiment of the present application. Exemplarily, the communication method corresponding to FIG. 4 includes:

操作510:两个基站收集到对应的MDT测量结果时,把对应的测量结果发送给跟踪收集实体TCE,并携带关于对应终端设备的标识信息。Operation 510: When the two base stations collect the corresponding MDT measurement results, they send the corresponding measurement results to the tracking collection entity TCE, and carry identification information about the corresponding terminal devices.

需要说明的是,在本步骤之前,两个基站会收到各自对应的测量配置。比如主基站会根据从核心网或网管收到的测量配置,主基站再给辅基站发送测量配置。或者主基站和辅基站分别从网管接收测量配置。It should be noted that before this step, the two base stations will receive their corresponding measurement configurations. For example, the primary base station will send the measurement configuration to the secondary base station according to the measurement configuration received from the core network or network management. Or the primary base station and the secondary base station respectively receive the measurement configuration from the network management.

可选的,该终端设备的标识信息可能为各个基站为终端分配的小区无线临时标识C-RNTI,比如主基站发送终端的测量结果时,携带主基站和辅基站为该终端设备分别分配的C-RNTI,辅基站发送终端的测量结果时,携带主基站和辅基站为该终端设备分别分配的C-RNTI。在本 步骤之前,主基站和辅基站之间会交互各自为该终端设备分配的C-RNTI。Optionally, the identification information of the terminal device may be the cell radio temporary identification C-RNTI allocated by each base station to the terminal. For example, when the primary base station sends the measurement result of the terminal, it carries the C-RNTI respectively allocated by the primary base station and the secondary base station to the terminal equipment. -RNTI, when the secondary base station sends the measurement result of the terminal, it carries the C-RNTI allocated by the primary base station and the secondary base station to the terminal device. Before this step, the primary base station and the secondary base station will exchange the C-RNTI allocated to the terminal device.

可选的,主基站上报测量结果时,携带的是以下至少一项:该终端设备在主基站侧的Xn或X2口标识信息(比如控制面的MN UE XnAP ID或MN UE X2AP ID,或/和用户面的MN侧传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),该终端设备在辅基站侧的Xn或X2口标识信息(比如SN UE XnAP ID或SN UE X2AP ID,或/和用户面的SN侧传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),该终端设备在主基站和辅基站对应的C-RNTI。Optionally, when the main base station reports the measurement results, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the main base station side (such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifier), the Xn or X2 port identification information of the terminal device on the secondary base station side (such as SN UE XnAP ID or SN UE X2AP ID, or/and the SN side of the user plane Transport layer address and GTP tunnel port identifier), the terminal equipment is in the C-RNTI corresponding to the primary base station and the secondary base station.

可选的,辅基站上报测量结果时,携带的是以下至少一项:该终端设备在主基站侧的Xn或X2口标识信息(比如控制面的MN UE XnAP ID或MN UE X2AP ID,或/和用户面的MN侧传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),该终端设备在辅基站侧的Xn或X2口标识信息(比如SN UE XnAP ID或SN UE X2AP ID,或/和用户面的SN侧传输层地址和GTP隧道端口标识),该终端设备在主基站和辅基站对应的C-RNTI。Optionally, when the secondary base station reports the measurement result, it carries at least one of the following: the terminal device's Xn or X2 port identification information on the primary base station side (such as MN UE XnAP ID or MN UE X2AP ID on the control plane, or/ And the MN side transport layer address of the user plane and the GTP tunnel port identifier), the Xn or X2 port identification information of the terminal device on the secondary base station side (such as SN UE XnAP ID or SN UE X2AP ID, or/and the SN side of the user plane Transport layer address and GTP tunnel port identifier), the terminal equipment is in the C-RNTI corresponding to the primary base station and the secondary base station.

可选的,由某个基站(比如主基站分配一个标识),并把该标识发送给其他基站。这样基站在上报该终端设备的测量结果时都携带该标识。Optionally, a certain base station (for example, a primary base station allocates an identifier), and sends the identifier to other base stations. In this way, the base station carries the identifier when reporting the measurement result of the terminal device.

可选的,各个基站除了携带以上终端设备的标识信息,还携带一个时间信息,该时间信息指示各个基站收到或发送这些测量结果对应的时刻信息。Optionally, in addition to carrying the identification information of the above terminal equipment, each base station also carries time information, which indicates the time information corresponding to each base station receiving or sending these measurement results.

可选的,以上步骤可以针对基于管理的immediate MDT。可选的,以上步骤也可以针对基于信令的immediate MDT。可选的,基于管理的immediate MDT和基于信令的immediate采用不同的方法,基于管理的immediate MDT采用以上的方法,对于基于信令的immediate MDT而言,主基站可以把从核心网接收到的跟踪标识(trace ID)发送给辅基站。主基站和辅基站在把测量结果发送给TCE时,携带该跟踪标识,从而TCE可以根据该跟踪标识来关联某个终端设备在主基站和辅基站的测量结果。Optionally, the above steps may be for immediate MDT based on management. Optionally, the above steps may also be directed to immediate MDT based on signaling. Optionally, management-based immediate MDT and signaling-based immediate use different methods. Management-based immediate MDT uses the above methods. For signaling-based immediate MDT, the master base station can take the information received from the core network The trace ID is sent to the secondary base station. When the primary base station and the secondary base station send the measurement results to the TCE, the tracking identifier is carried, so that the TCE can associate the measurement results of a certain terminal device at the primary base station and the secondary base station according to the tracking identifier.

需要说明的是,可选的,当某个基站为CU/DU架构时,该基站的CU还可以把以上的该终端设备的标识信息发送给该基站的其他实体(比如CU-CP把该终端设备的标识信息发送给CU-UP和DU)。It should be noted that, optionally, when a base station has a CU/DU architecture, the CU of the base station may also send the above identification information of the terminal device to other entities of the base station (for example, the CU-CP sends the terminal The identification information of the device is sent to CU-UP and DU).

操作520:跟踪收集实体TCE根据终端设备的标识信息,把从各个基站的收集到的MDT测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。Operation 520: the tracking collection entity TCE associates the MDT measurement results collected from each base station to the same terminal device according to the identification information of the terminal device.

跟踪收集实体TCE根据各个基站的收集上报测量结果时携带终端设备的标识信息,可以把测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。The tracking collection entity TCE carries the identification information of the terminal device when collecting and reporting the measurement result of each base station, and can associate the measurement result to the same terminal device.

需要说明的是,图4和图5所述的实施例可以耦合,也可以相互独立。It should be noted that the embodiments described in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 may be coupled or independent of each other.

需要说明的是,图4和图5所示的实施例可以和本申请中其他实施例耦合,也可以独立于本申请中其他实施例。It should be noted that the embodiments shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 can be coupled with other embodiments in this application, or can be independent of other embodiments in this application.

上述各个实施例中,由基站(主基站或者辅基站)实现的方法,也可以由可配置于基站的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现;由终端设备实现的方法,也可以由可配置于终端设备的部件实现。In each of the above embodiments, the method implemented by the base station (primary base station or secondary base station) can also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit) that can be configured in the base station; the method implemented by a terminal device can also be implemented by the terminal device. The component realization of the device.

以下,结合图6至图7详细说明本申请实施例提供的装置。应理解,装置实施例的描述与方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的内容可以参见上文方法实施例,为了简洁,部分内容不再赘述。图6示出了本申请实施例的一种通信装置600,下面结合附图6对该接入网设备600的结构和功能进行描述。应理解,该通信装置600可以实现图2至图5任 意一图所示的实施例中的接入网设备所对应的任意功能,该通信装置600可以是上述实施例中提到的接入网设备,例如是上述实施例中介绍过的主基站。该通信装置600包括至少一个处理单元610和发送单元630。Hereinafter, the device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 6 to 7. It should be understood that the description of the device embodiment and the description of the method embodiment correspond to each other. Therefore, for the content not described in detail, please refer to the above method embodiment. For brevity, part of the content will not be repeated. FIG. 6 shows a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the present application. The structure and functions of the access network device 600 will be described below with reference to FIG. 6. It should be understood that the communication device 600 can implement any function corresponding to the access network device in the embodiment shown in any one of FIGS. 2 to 5, and the communication device 600 may be the access network device mentioned in the above embodiment. The device is, for example, the main base station introduced in the above embodiment. The communication device 600 includes at least one processing unit 610 and a sending unit 630.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的处理单元可以称为处理模块,接收单元也可以称为接收模块,发送单元也可以称为发送模块。It should be noted that the processing unit in the embodiment of the present application may be called a processing module, the receiving unit may also be called a receiving module, and the sending unit may also be called a sending module.

一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可以对应实现上文方法实施例中的第一接入网设备的相应操作,例如可以为第一接入网设备,也可以为主基站,或者配置于主基站中的芯片。In a possible design, the communication device 600 can correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the first access network device in the above method embodiment, for example, it can be the first access network device, or the main base station, or be configured in The chip in the main base station.

具体的,该通信装置600可以对应实现上文方法200中的第一接入网设备的相应操作,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图2中方法200中第一接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中方法200的相应流程。Specifically, the communication apparatus 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the first access network device in the above method 200, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a method for executing the method executed by the first access network device in the method 200 in FIG. Unit. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图2中的方法200中的第一接入网设备时:处理单元610用于确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置。发送单元630,用于向第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息,通过第一指示信息指示第二接入网设备是否能向终端设备发送测量配置。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the first access network device in the method 200 in FIG. 2: the processing unit 610 is configured to determine that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The sending unit 630 is configured to send first indication information to the second access network device, and indicate whether the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device through the first indication information.

可选的,该通信装置600还可以包括接收单元620。该接收单元620可以用于从终端设备接收第三指示信息,该第三指示信息包含终端设备支持的测量配置的能力信息。处理单元610还可以根据该第三指示信息确定第二接入网设备是否能向终端设备发送测量配置。Optionally, the communication device 600 may further include a receiving unit 620. The receiving unit 620 may be configured to receive third indication information from the terminal device, where the third indication information includes capability information of the measurement configuration supported by the terminal device. The processing unit 610 may also determine whether the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device according to the third indication information.

可选的,接收单元620还用于从第二接入网设备接收第二指示信息,处理单元610还用于根据第二指示信息的内容进一步决策,例如,第二指示信息指明第二接入网设备确定向终端设备发送测量配置的情况下,处理单元610用于确定不向终端设备发送测量配置。反之,第二指示信息指明第二接入网设备确定不向终端设备发送测量配置的情况下,处理单元610用于确定向终端设备发送测量配置,也就是说,处理单元610在第二指示信息指示不同内容的情况下,做出对应的处理。Optionally, the receiving unit 620 is further configured to receive second indication information from the second access network device, and the processing unit 610 is further configured to make further decisions based on the content of the second indication information, for example, the second indication information indicates the second access When the network device determines to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the processing unit 610 is configured to determine not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Conversely, the second indication information indicates that when the second access network device determines not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the processing unit 610 is configured to determine to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, that is, the processing unit 610 is configured to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. In the case of indicating different contents, corresponding processing shall be made.

可选的,接收单元620还用于从终端设备接收测量结果,可以理解的是,接收单元620也可以用于从第二接入网设备接收测量结果。可选的,发送单元630还可以用于向收集实体发送该测量结果。Optionally, the receiving unit 620 is further configured to receive the measurement result from the terminal device. It can be understood that the receiving unit 620 may also be configured to receive the measurement result from the second access network device. Optionally, the sending unit 630 may also be used to send the measurement result to the collecting entity.

该通信装置600还可以对应实现图3-图5中的方法300-500中的主基站的相应操作,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图3-图5中的方法300-500中主基站执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3-图5中的方法300-500的相应流程。The communication device 600 can also correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the main base station in the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, and the communication device 600 may include the main base station for performing the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5. The unit of the method of execution. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, respectively.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图3中的方法300中的主基站时,发送单元630用于向终端设备发送测量配置,可选的,处理单元610用于确定两套测量结果的内存分配方式,可选的,还可以确定内存分配比例。发送单元630还用于向终端设备发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示两套测量结果的内存分配方式,可选的,第六指示信息还可以包括指示内存分配比例,可选的,发送单元630还用于向终端设备发送两套测量结果内存分配比例。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the primary base station in the method 300 in FIG. 3, the sending unit 630 is used to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Optionally, the processing unit 610 is used to determine the memory allocation of the two sets of measurement results. Mode, optional, can also determine the memory allocation ratio. The sending unit 630 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal device. The sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation modes of the two sets of measurement results. Optionally, the sixth indication information may also include an indication of the memory allocation ratio, which is optional Yes, the sending unit 630 is also configured to send two sets of measurement results memory allocation ratios to the terminal device.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500中的主基站时,发送单元630用于向跟踪收集实体发送测量结果,可选的,发送单元630还可以用于发送测量结果对应的终端设备的标识信息,可选的,发送单元630还可以用于向终端设备分配小区 无线临时标识C-RNTI。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the primary base station in the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5, the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the tracking collection entity. Optionally, the sending unit 630 may also It is used to send the identification information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result. Optionally, the sending unit 630 may also be used to allocate the cell radio temporary identifier C-RNTI to the terminal device.

另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可以对应实现上文方法实施例中第二接入网设备的相应操作,例如可以是第二接入网设备,也可以为辅基站,或者配置于辅基站中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication apparatus 600 can correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the second access network device in the above method embodiment. For example, it can be the second access network device, or can be a secondary base station, or be configured in The chip in the secondary base station.

具体的,该通信装置600可以对应于上文方法200中的第二接入网设备,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图2中方法200中第二接入网设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2中方法200的相应流程。Specifically, the communication apparatus 600 may correspond to the second access network device in the above method 200, and the communication apparatus 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the second access network device in the method 200 in FIG. 2. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding process of the method 200 in FIG. 2.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图2中的方法200中的第二接入网设备时,接收单元620可以用于从第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示能向终端设备发送测量配置。处理单元610还用于确定是否向终端设备发送测量配置。发送单元630还用于向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息指示是否确定向终端设备发送测量配置。接收单元620可以通过从终端设备接收测量报告来接收测量结果,该测量报告包括根据测量配置得到的测量结果。可选的,发送单元630还用于向第一接入网设备发送测量报告。Wherein, when the communication apparatus 600 corresponds to the second access network device in the method 200 in FIG. 2, the receiving unit 620 may be configured to receive first indication information from the first access network device, and the first indication information indicates The measurement configuration can be sent to the terminal device. The processing unit 610 is further configured to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The sending unit 630 is further configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, the second indication information indicating whether it is determined to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. The receiving unit 620 may receive the measurement result by receiving a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including the measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration. Optionally, the sending unit 630 is further configured to send a measurement report to the first access network device.

该通信装置600还可以对应于图3-图5中的方法300-500中的辅基站,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图3-图5中的方法300-500中辅基站执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图3-图5中的方法300-500的相应流程。The communication device 600 may also correspond to the secondary base station in the methods 300-500 in FIG. 3 to FIG. 5, and the communication device 600 may include a method for performing the methods performed by the secondary base station in the methods 300-500 in FIG. 3 to FIG. Unit. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 300-500 in FIGS. 3 to 5, respectively.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图3中的方法300中的辅基站时,发送单元630用于向终端设备发送测量配置,可选的,处理单元610用于确定两套测量结果的内存分配方式,可选的,还可以确定内存分配比例。发送单元630还用于向终端设备发送第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示两套测量结果的内存分配方式,可选的,第六指示信息还可以包括指示内存分配比例,可选的,发送单元630还用于向终端设备发送两套测量结果内存分配比例。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the secondary base station in the method 300 in FIG. 3, the sending unit 630 is used to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. Optionally, the processing unit 610 is used to determine the memory allocation of the two sets of measurement results. Mode, optional, can also determine the memory allocation ratio. The sending unit 630 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the terminal device. The sixth indication information is used to indicate the memory allocation modes of the two sets of measurement results. Optionally, the sixth indication information may also include an indication of the memory allocation ratio, which is optional Yes, the sending unit 630 is also configured to send two sets of measurement results memory allocation ratios to the terminal device.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图4中的方法400或图5中的方法500中的辅基站时,发送单元630用于向跟踪收集实体发送测量结果,可选的,发送单元630还可以用于发送测量结果对应的终端设备的标识信息,可选的,发送单元630还可以用于向终端设备分配小区无线临时标识C-RNTI。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the secondary base station in the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5, the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the tracking collection entity. Optionally, the sending unit 630 may also It is used to send the identification information of the terminal device corresponding to the measurement result. Optionally, the sending unit 630 may also be used to allocate the cell radio temporary identifier C-RNTI to the terminal device.

另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可以对应实现上文方法实施例中终端设备的相应操作,例如可以是终端设备,或者配置于终端设备中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.

具体的,该通信装置600可以对应于上文方法200-500中的终端设备,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图2-图5中方法200-500中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2-图5中方法200-500的相应流程。Specifically, the communication device 600 may correspond to the terminal device in the above methods 200-500, and the communication device 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2-5. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2 to 5, respectively.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图2中的方法200中的终端设备时,发送单元630用于向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息包含终端设备支持的测量配置的能力信息。接收单元620用于从接入网设备(第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备)接收测量配置,处理单元610用于根据测量配置进行测量得到测量结果。可选的,发送单元630还用于向接入网设备发送测量结果。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the terminal device in the method 200 in FIG. 2, the sending unit 630 is configured to send third instruction information to the first access network device, and the third instruction information includes the measurement supported by the terminal device. Configured capability information. The receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a measurement configuration from an access network device (the first access network device or the second access network device), and the processing unit 610 is configured to perform measurement according to the measurement configuration to obtain a measurement result. Optionally, the sending unit 630 is further configured to send the measurement result to the access network device.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图3中的方法300中的终端设备时,接收单元620用于从主基站和辅基站获取多套测量配置,可选的,接收单元620还用于从主基站或辅基站接收第六指示信息,该第六指示信息用于指示终端根据测量配置得到的多套测量结果的内存分配 方式,处理单元610用于确定多套测量结果的内存分配方式。可选的,处理单元610还用于确定多套测量结果内存的分配比例,可选的,处理单元610还用于确定测量结果的优先级以及根据优先级存储测量结果,可选的,对于同一类测量结果,处理单元610还用于用高优先级的测量结果覆盖低优先级的测量结果。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the terminal equipment in the method 300 in FIG. 3, the receiving unit 620 is used to obtain multiple sets of measurement configurations from the primary base station and the secondary base station. Optionally, the receiving unit 620 is also used to The base station or the secondary base station receives sixth indication information, which is used to indicate the memory allocation mode of the multiple sets of measurement results obtained by the terminal according to the measurement configuration, and the processing unit 610 is configured to determine the memory allocation mode of the multiple sets of measurement results. Optionally, the processing unit 610 is also used to determine the allocation ratio of multiple sets of measurement result memory. Optionally, the processing unit 610 is also used to determine the priority of the measurement result and store the measurement result according to the priority. Optionally, for the same For similar measurement results, the processing unit 610 is also configured to use high-priority measurement results to cover low-priority measurement results.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图4中方法400或图5中方法500中的终端设备时,发送单元630用于向基站(主基站或辅基站)发送测量结果。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the terminal device in the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5, the sending unit 630 is configured to send the measurement result to the base station (primary base station or secondary base station).

另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置600可以对应实现上文方法实施例中跟踪收集实体TCE的相应操作,例如可以是TCE,或者配置于TCE中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 600 may correspondingly implement the corresponding operation of the tracking and collecting entity TCE in the above method embodiment, for example, it may be a TCE or a chip configured in the TCE.

具体的,该通信装置600可以对应于上文方法200-500中的TCE,该通信装置600可以包括用于执行图2-图5中方法200-500中TCE执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置600中的各单元和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2-图5中方法200-500的相应流程。Specifically, the communication device 600 may correspond to the TCE in the above methods 200-500, and the communication device 600 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the TCE in the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2-5. In addition, the units in the communication device 600 and the other operations and/or functions described above are used to implement the corresponding processes of the methods 200-500 in FIGS. 2 to 5, respectively.

其中,当该通信装置600对应于图2中的方法200或图3中方法300中的跟踪收集实体时,接收单元620用于从第一接入网设备或第二接入网设备,例如是主基站或者是辅基站接收测量结果。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the tracking collection entity in the method 200 in FIG. 2 or the method 300 in FIG. 3, the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive data from the first access network device or the second access network device, for example, The primary base station or the secondary base station receives the measurement result.

其中,当通信装置600对应于图4中方法400或图5中方法500中的跟踪收集实体时,接收单元620用于从第一接入网设备,也可以是第二接入网设备,例如是主基站或是辅基站的各个实体接收测量结果。处理单元610用于把从各个基站的收集到的测量结果关联到同一个终端设备。Wherein, when the communication device 600 corresponds to the tracking collection entity in the method 400 in FIG. 4 or the method 500 in FIG. 5, the receiving unit 620 is configured to receive a second access network device from the first access network device, such as It is the entity of the primary base station or the secondary base station that receives the measurement results. The processing unit 610 is configured to associate measurement results collected from each base station to the same terminal device.

可选的,对应于上述各个可能的设计,通信装置600还可以包括存储单元640。该存储单元640可以用于存储计算机执行指令和/或数据等其他信息。处理单元610可以读取存储单元640中存储的指令或者数据,实现对应的方案。Optionally, corresponding to each of the foregoing possible designs, the communication device 600 may further include a storage unit 640. The storage unit 640 may be used to store other information such as computer execution instructions and/or data. The processing unit 610 can read instructions or data stored in the storage unit 640 to implement a corresponding solution.

一种可能的设计中,处理单元610可以是处理器,例如图7所示的处理器701。发送单元630和接收单元620还可以是收发装置,例如图7所示的收发装置703,或者,发送单元630和接收单元620还可以是通信接口。存储单元640可以是存储器,例如如图7所示的存储器702。In a possible design, the processing unit 610 may be a processor, such as the processor 701 shown in FIG. 7. The sending unit 630 and the receiving unit 620 may also be transceivers, such as the transceiver 703 shown in FIG. 7, or the sending unit 630 and the receiving unit 620 may also be communication interfaces. The storage unit 640 may be a memory, such as a memory 702 as shown in FIG. 7.

基于相同的技术构思,本申请实施例还提供了一种通信装置,用于实现上述方法实施例中接入网设备所执行的功能。附图7示出了本申请实施例一种可能的通信装置700的示意性框图。该通信装置包括至少一个处理器701,存储器702,可选的包含收发装置703和系统总线704,总线704可以是PCI总线或EISA总线等,总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图7中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。该收发装置703用于通信装置700与其他通信设备(如无线接入网设备,或终端设备,此处不做限定)进行通信交互,比如交互控制信令和/或业务数据等,该收发装置703可通过具有通信收发功能的电路来实现。该存储器702用于存储所需的程序指令和/或数据。该至少一个处理器调用该存储器中存储的该程序指令执行时,使得该通信装置实现方法200~500中任一设计中的第一接入网设备的功能,或者该至少一个处理器调用该存储器中存储的该程序指令执行时,使得该通信装置实现方法200~500中任一设计中的第二接入网设备的功能。该至少一个处理器701,存储器702和收发装置703通过该系统总线704耦合。Based on the same technical concept, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device for implementing the functions performed by the access network device in the foregoing method embodiment. Fig. 7 shows a schematic block diagram of a possible communication device 700 in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device includes at least one processor 701, a memory 702, and optionally includes a transceiver 703 and a system bus 704. The bus 704 may be a PCI bus or an EISA bus. The bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, and a control bus. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 7, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The transceiver 703 is used for the communication device 700 to communicate with other communication equipment (such as wireless access network equipment, or terminal equipment, which is not limited here), such as interactive control signaling and/or service data. 703 can be realized by a circuit with communication transceiver functions. The memory 702 is used to store required program instructions and/or data. When the at least one processor calls the program instructions stored in the memory for execution, the communication device is made to implement the function of the first access network device in any of the methods 200 to 500, or the at least one processor calls the memory When the program instructions stored in the program are executed, the communication device realizes the function of the second access network device in any design of the methods 200 to 500. The at least one processor 701, the memory 702, and the transceiver 703 are coupled through the system bus 704.

本申请各个实施例中描述的处理器和收发装置可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit, ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种1C工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。可选地,处理器可以包括是一个或多个处理器,例如包括一个或多个CPU,在处理器是一个CPU的情况下,该CPU可以是单核CPU,也可以是多核CPU。收发装置用于发送和接收数据和/或信号,以及接收数据和/或信号。该收发装置可以包括发射器和接收器,发射器用于发送数据和/或信号,接收器用于接收数据和/或信号,该收发器也可以是通信接口。存储器包括但不限于是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可擦除可编程存储器(erasable programmable read only memory,EPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM),该存储器用于存储相关指令和/或数据。The processor and transceiver device described in each embodiment of this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printing Printed circuit board (PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and transceiver can also be manufactured using various 1C process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal Oxide Semiconductor (Positive Channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, PMOS), Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT), Bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), Silicon Germanium (SiGe), Gallium Arsenide (GaAs), etc. Optionally, the processor may include one or more processors, for example, including one or more CPUs. In the case where the processor is a CPU, the CPU may be a single-core CPU or a multi-core CPU. The transceiver device is used to send and receive data and/or signals, and to receive data and/or signals. The transceiver may include a transmitter and a receiver, the transmitter is used to send data and/or signals, the receiver is used to receive data and/or signals, and the transceiver may also be a communication interface. Memory includes but is not limited to random access memory (RAM), read-only memory (ROM), erasable programmable memory (erasable programmable read only memory, EPROM), read-only optical disk ( compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM), this memory is used to store related instructions and/or data.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or integrated. To another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领 域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application, and they should all cover Within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (50)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises: 第一接入网设备确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置;The first access network device determines that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device; 所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备能向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置,其中,所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备均为所述终端设备提供服务,所述测量配置包括最小化路测技术MDT测量配置和/或用户体验质量QoE测量配置。Sending, by the first access network device, first indication information to the second access network device, the first indication information indicating that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, Wherein, the first access network device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes a minimum drive test technology MDT measurement configuration and/or a user experience quality QoE measurement configuration . 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first access network device determining that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device comprises: 所述第一接入网设备从所述终端设备接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括所述终端设备支持所述测量配置的能力信息,所述第一接入网设备根据所述第三指示信息确定所述第二接入网设备能向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The first access network device receives third indication information from the terminal device, where the third indication information includes the ability information of the terminal device to support the measurement configuration, and the first access network device is based on the The third indication information determines that the second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:所述第一接入网设备从所述第二接入网设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The method according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising: the first access network device receives second indication information from the second access network device, the second indication information indicating the Whether the second access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the second indication information instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the method further comprises: 所述第一接入网设备不向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The first access network device does not send measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备不向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the second indication information indicates that the second access network device does not send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, and the method further comprises: 所述第一接入网设备向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The first access network device sends a measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:所述第一接入网设备接收测量报告,所述测量报告包括根据所述测量配置得到的测量结果。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, further comprising: the first access network device receiving a measurement report, the measurement report including a measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包括与所述测量结果对应的无线接入技术RAT的类型信息。The method according to claim 6, wherein the measurement report further includes type information of a radio access technology RAT corresponding to the measurement result. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises: 第二接入网设备从第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置,其中所述第一接入网设备和所述第二接入网设备均为所述终端设备提供服务,所述测量配置包括最小化路测技术MDT测量配置和/或用户体验质量QoE测量配置;The second access network device receives first indication information from the first access network device, where the first indication information indicates that the second access network device can send a measurement configuration to the terminal device, wherein the first access network device The device and the second access network device both provide services for the terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes a minimum drive test technology MDT measurement configuration and/or a user experience quality QoE measurement configuration; 所述第二接入网设备确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The second access network device determines whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二接入网设备向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The method according to claim 8, wherein the second access network device sends second indication information to the first access network device, and the second indication information indicates that the second access network device Whether the device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:所述第二接入网设备从所述终端设备接收测量报告,所述测量报告包括根据所述测量配置得到的测量结果。The method according to claim 8 or 9, further comprising: the second access network device receiving a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including a measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述测量报告还包括与所述测量结果对应的无线接入技术RAT的类型信息。The method according to claim 10, wherein the measurement report further includes type information of a radio access technology RAT corresponding to the measurement result. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network equipment, characterized by comprising: 处理单元,用于确定第二接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置;A processing unit, configured to determine that the second access network device can send a measurement configuration to the terminal device; 发送单元,用于向所述第二接入网设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置,所述测量配置包括最小化路测技术MDT测量配置和/或用户体验质量QoE测量配置。The sending unit is configured to send first indication information to the second access network device, where the first indication information instructs the second access network device to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the measurement configuration Including minimizing drive test technology MDT measurement configuration and/or user experience quality QoE measurement configuration. 根据权利要求12所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,还包括:The access network device according to claim 12, further comprising: 接收单元,还用于从所述终端设备接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息包括所述终端设备支持所述测量配置的能力信息;所述处理单元根据所述第三指示信息确定所述第二接入网设备能向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The receiving unit is further configured to receive third indication information from the terminal device, where the third indication information includes information about the ability of the terminal device to support the measurement configuration; the processing unit determines the terminal device according to the third indication information. The second access network device can send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求13所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于从所述第二接入网设备接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述第二接入网设备是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The access network device according to claim 13, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information from the second access network device, the second indication information indicating the second Whether the access network device sends the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求14所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于在根据所述第二指示信息确定所述第二接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置的情况下,确定不向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The access network device according to claim 14, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine according to the second indication information that the second access network device sends the measurement to the terminal device In the case of configuration, it is determined not to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求14所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元,还用于在根据所述第二指示信息确定所述第二接入网设备不向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置的情况下,确定向所述终端设备发送测量配置。The access network device according to claim 14, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine according to the second indication information that the second access network device does not send the terminal device In the case of measurement configuration, it is determined to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求13或14所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接收单元,还用于接收测量报告,所述测量报告包括根据所述测量配置得到的测量结果。The access network device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the receiving unit is further configured to receive a measurement report, and the measurement report includes a measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network equipment, characterized by comprising: 接收单元,用于从第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息指示所述接入网设备能向终端设备发送测量配置,所述测量配置包括最小化路测技术MDT测量配置和/或用户体验质量QoE测量配置;The receiving unit is configured to receive first indication information from a first access network device, where the first indication information indicates that the access network device can send a measurement configuration to a terminal device, and the measurement configuration includes the Minimization Drive Test Technology MDT Measurement configuration and/or QoE measurement configuration of user experience quality; 处理单元,用于确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The processing unit is configured to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求18所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,还包括:The access network device according to claim 18, further comprising: 发送单元,用于向所述第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示所述接入网设备确定是否向所述终端设备发送所述测量配置。The sending unit is configured to send second indication information to the first access network device, where the second indication information instructs the access network device to determine whether to send the measurement configuration to the terminal device. 根据权利要求18或19所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:The access network device according to claim 18 or 19, characterized by comprising: 所述接收单元还用于从所述终端设备接收测量报告,所述测量报告包括根据所述测量配置得到的测量结果;The receiving unit is further configured to receive a measurement report from the terminal device, the measurement report including a measurement result obtained according to the measurement configuration; 所述发送单元还用于向所述第一接入网设备和/或收集实体发送所述测量报告。The sending unit is further configured to send the measurement report to the first access network device and/or collection entity. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that the system includes: 如权利要求12-17任一项所述的接入网设备和如权利要求18-20任一项所述的接入网设备。The access network device according to any one of claims 12-17 and the access network device according to any one of claims 18-20. 根据权利要求21所述的通信系统,其特征在于,还包括终端设备。The communication system according to claim 21, further comprising a terminal device. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令,所述程序指令运行时,以使得实现如权利要求1-11任一所述的通信方法。A computer storage medium, wherein program instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program instructions are executed, the communication method according to any one of claims 1-11 is realized. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包含程序指令,所述程序指令被执行时,以使得实现如权利要求1-11任一所述的通信方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, the computer program product contains program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed, the communication method according to any one of claims 1-11 is realized. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises: 接收来自网管的第一网管指示信息,所述第一网管指示信息用于指示第一需求信息或第二需求信息,所述第一需求信息为所述网管需要获取终端设备的类型信息,所述第二需求信息为所述网管不需要获取所述终端设备的类型信息,所述网管为所述终端设备提供服务;Receiving first network management indication information from a network management, where the first network management indication information is used to indicate first demand information or second demand information, and the first demand information is the type information of the terminal device that the network management needs to obtain, the The second requirement information is that the network manager does not need to obtain the type information of the terminal device, and the network manager provides services for the terminal device; 当所述第一网管指示信息用于指示所述第一需求信息时,向第一接入网设备发送第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。When the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first demand information, the first request indication information is sent to the first access network device, and the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息为隐私指示。The method according to claim 25, wherein the first request indication information is a privacy indication. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: a tracking recording session reference, a tracking reference, and an Internet Protocol IP address of a tracking collection entity. 根据权利要求25至27任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在接收来自所述终端设备的最小化路测MDT测量结果之后,向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一请求指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein after receiving the MDT measurement result of the minimization of the drive test from the terminal device, the first request is sent to the first access network device Instructions. 根据权利要求25至28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为immediate MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT,或者,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为logged MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示logged MDT。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein when receiving management-based MDT measurement configuration information from the network manager indicating that the current configuration information is immediate MDT measurement information, the first request The indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT, or, when the management-based MDT measurement configuration information received from the network manager indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT measurement information, the first request indication information is used to indicate logged MDT. 根据权利要求25至28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述第一接入网设备的基于管理的MDT的公共陆地移动网PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein the method further comprises: receiving a management-based MDT-based public land mobile network PLMN list from the first access network device or permitting Instruction information of the managed MDT. 根据权利要求25至30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的类型信息为国际移动设备标识类型分配码IMEI-TAC。The method according to any one of claims 25 to 30, wherein the type information of the terminal device is an international mobile equipment identity type allocation code IMEI-TAC. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises: 接收第二接入网设备发送的第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT;Receiving first request indication information sent by the second access network device, where the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT; 向第一核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息,所述第二请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。Sending second request indication information to the first core network device, where the second request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息为隐私指示。The method according to claim 32, wherein the first request indication information is a privacy indication. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息或/和所述第二请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the first request indication information or/and the second request indication information further comprises one or more of the following: tracking recording session reference, tracking reference And track the Internet Protocol IP address of the collecting entity. 根据权利要求32至34任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:向所述第二接入网设备发送基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。The method according to any one of claims 32 to 34, wherein the method further comprises: sending a management-based MDT-based PLMN list or an indication of allowing management-based MDT to the second access network device information. 一种第二接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A second access network device, characterized by comprising: 接收单元,用于接收来自网管的第一网管指示信息,所述第一网管指示信息用于指示第一需求信息或第二需求信息,所述第一需求信息为所述网管需要获取终端设备的类型信息,所述第二需求信息为所述网管不需要获取所述终端设备的类型信息,所述网管为所述终端设备提供服务;The receiving unit is configured to receive first network management indication information from a network management, where the first network management indication information is used to indicate first demand information or second demand information, and the first demand information is information that the network manager needs to obtain terminal equipment Type information, the second requirement information is that the network manager does not need to obtain the type information of the terminal device, and the network manager provides services for the terminal device; 发送单元,用于当所述第一网管指示信息用于指示所述第一需求信息时,向第一接入网设备发送第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。The sending unit is configured to send first request indication information to the first access network device when the first network management indication information is used to indicate the first demand information, where the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT Or logged MDT. 根据权利要求36所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息为隐私指示。The second access network device according to claim 36, wherein the first request indication information is a privacy indication. 根据权利要求36或37所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。The second access network device according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking record session reference, tracking reference, and tracking collection entity Internet Protocol IP address. 根据权利要求36至38任一项所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,在接收来自所述终端设备的最小化路测MDT测量结果之后,所述发送单元还用于向所述第一接入网设备发送所述第一请求指示信息。The second access network device according to any one of claims 36 to 38, wherein, after receiving the MDT minimization measurement result from the terminal device, the sending unit is further configured to send The first access network device sends the first request indication information. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为immediate MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT,或者,当接收来自所述网管的基于管理的MDT测量配置信息中指示当前的配置信息为logged MDT测量信息时,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示logged MDT。The second access network device according to any one of claims 36 to 39, wherein when receiving management-based MDT measurement configuration information from the network manager indicates that the current configuration information is immediate MDT measurement information, The first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT, or when the management-based MDT measurement configuration information received from the network manager indicates that the current configuration information is logged MDT measurement information, the first request indication information is used In the instructions logged MDT. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,还包括:所述接收单元还用于接收来自所述第一接入网设备的基于管理的MDT的公共陆地移动网PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。The second access network device according to any one of claims 36 to 39, further comprising: the receiving unit is further configured to receive management-based MDT public information from the first access network device Land mobile network PLMN list or indication information that allows management-based MDT. 根据权利要求36至41任一项所述的第二接入网设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备的类型信息为国际移动设备标识类型分配码IMEI-TAC。The second access network device according to any one of claims 36 to 41, wherein the type information of the terminal device is an international mobile equipment identity type allocation code IMEI-TAC. 一种第一接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:A first access network device, characterized in that it comprises: 接收单元,用于接收第二接入网设备发送的第一请求指示信息,所述第一请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT;The receiving unit is configured to receive first request indication information sent by the second access network device, where the first request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT; 发送单元,用于向第一核心网设备发送第二请求指示信息,所述第二请求指示信息用于指示immediate MDT或logged MDT。The sending unit is configured to send second request indication information to the first core network device, where the second request indication information is used to indicate immediate MDT or logged MDT. 根据权利要求43所述的第一接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息为隐私指示。The first access network device according to claim 43, wherein the first request indication information is a privacy indication. 根据权利要求43或44所述的第一接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一请求指示信息还包括以下中的一种或多种:跟踪记录会话参考、跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体的互联网协议IP地址。The first access network device according to claim 43 or 44, wherein the first request indication information further includes one or more of the following: tracking record session reference, tracking reference, and tracking collection entity Internet Protocol IP address. 根据权利要求43至45任一项所述的第一接入网设备,其特征在于,还包括:所述发送单元还用于向所述第二接入网设备发送基于管理的MDT的PLMN列表或者允许进行基于管理的MDT的指示信息。The first access network device according to any one of claims 43 to 45, further comprising: the sending unit is further configured to send a management-based MDT-based PLMN list to the second access network device Or allow the management-based MDT instructions. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述系统包括:A communication system, characterized in that the system includes: 如权利要求36-42任一项所述的接入网设备和如权利要求43-46任一项所述的接入网设备。The access network device according to any one of claims 36-42 and the access network device according to any one of claims 43-46. 根据权利要求47所述的通信系统,其特征在于,还包括终端设备。The communication system according to claim 47, further comprising a terminal device. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有程序指令, 所述程序指令运行时,以使得实现如权利要求25-31任一所述的通信方法,或者,如权利要求32-35任一所述的通信方法。A computer storage medium, wherein program instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the program instructions are executed, the communication method according to any one of claims 25-31 is realized, or, as The communication method of any one of claims 32-35. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包含程序指令,所述程序指令被执行时,以使得实现如权利要求25-30任一所述的通信方法,或者,如权利要求31-35任一所述的通信方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product contains program instructions, when the program instructions are executed, so as to realize the communication method according to any one of claims 25-30, or, as claimed in claim 31 -35 Any of the communication methods described.
PCT/CN2020/107540 2019-08-07 2020-08-06 Communication method and device Ceased WO2021023280A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910726894.5 2019-08-07
CN201910726894.5A CN112351442B (en) 2019-08-07 2019-08-07 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021023280A1 true WO2021023280A1 (en) 2021-02-11

Family

ID=74367282

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/107540 Ceased WO2021023280A1 (en) 2019-08-07 2020-08-06 Communication method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112351442B (en)
WO (1) WO2021023280A1 (en)

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114040423A (en) * 2021-10-25 2022-02-11 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Quality of experience (QoE) measurement control method, communication system and communication device
CN114786197A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-07-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of quality of experience QoE measurement method, device and storage medium
CN115250483A (en) * 2021-04-26 2022-10-28 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of information measurement control method and device
CN115334571A (en) * 2022-08-05 2022-11-11 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE measurement configuration method, access network device and storage medium
WO2022246016A1 (en) * 2021-05-21 2022-11-24 Parsa Wireless Communications, Llc Quality of experience measurement in inactive state
WO2023014257A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Quality-of-experience configuration maintenance
WO2023069000A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Handling quality-of-experience (qoe) configurations exceeding maximum number
WO2023206375A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Quality of experience metrics for a dual connectivity mode
WO2024022430A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt configuration method and apparatus
WO2024108450A1 (en) * 2022-11-23 2024-05-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for processing minimization drive test-related information, and method and apparatus for receiving capability information
EP4301026A4 (en) * 2021-04-15 2024-09-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE
US12126497B2 (en) 2021-09-01 2024-10-22 Parsa Wireless Communications Llc Prediction-based data transmission by internet of things (IoT) devices
EP4324171A4 (en) * 2021-04-13 2025-03-05 LG Electronics Inc. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING QOE MANAGEMENT IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
US12309869B2 (en) 2021-08-06 2025-05-20 Parsa Wireless Communications Llc Quality of experience in inactive state
WO2025156988A1 (en) * 2024-01-26 2025-07-31 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt measurement collection method, mdt configuration method, device, apparatus and storage medium

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022170582A1 (en) * 2021-02-10 2022-08-18 华为技术有限公司 Quality of experience measurement method and communication apparatus
WO2022183506A1 (en) * 2021-03-05 2022-09-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Communication method and apparatus
WO2022193177A1 (en) * 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Acquisition method for qoe measurement result, terminal device, and network device
US20240314662A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2024-09-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for quality of experience reporting in handover
CN115868197A (en) * 2021-03-31 2023-03-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for measuring experience quality of visible double-connection of wireless access network
CN115226092A (en) * 2021-04-19 2022-10-21 维沃移动通信有限公司 Service processing method, related equipment and readable storage medium
CN115314958A (en) * 2021-05-08 2022-11-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 QoE measurement configuration method, device, apparatus and storage medium
CN115314932B (en) * 2021-05-08 2025-04-04 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 QoE measurement report reporting method, equipment, device and storage medium
EP4338456A4 (en) * 2021-05-10 2025-01-08 Nokia Technologies Oy Priority setting for quality of experience
WO2023035187A1 (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-03-16 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, and device
CN113938921B (en) * 2021-09-10 2023-12-01 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A quality of experience QoE measurement method and device
CN115967987A (en) * 2021-10-13 2023-04-14 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Information processing method and related equipment
CN114051253B (en) * 2021-10-20 2023-11-21 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE (quality of experience) measurement method and device
CN116405970A (en) * 2021-12-25 2023-07-07 华为技术有限公司 Application layer measurement collection method and communication device
CN114339834B (en) * 2021-12-29 2024-03-29 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE configuration method, communication device and storage medium
CN117354841A (en) * 2022-06-28 2024-01-05 华为技术有限公司 Measurement methods and devices
WO2024007345A1 (en) * 2022-07-08 2024-01-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Measurement acquisition method and device
CN117545003A (en) * 2022-08-01 2024-02-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 QoE measurement configuration method, main node and auxiliary node
CN118975298A (en) * 2022-09-21 2024-11-15 北京小米移动软件有限公司 QMC configuration method and device
CN118303060A (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-07-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Information processing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN118283694A (en) * 2022-12-30 2024-07-02 华为技术有限公司 A method and device for sending measurement results
CN119922595A (en) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-02 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and communication device

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019073340A1 (en) * 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for feedback of streaming session
CN109818771A (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of minimum drive test configuration method, measurement method and device
WO2020034587A1 (en) * 2019-01-21 2020-02-20 Zte Corporation Minimization of driving tests in dual connectivity networks

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104349419B (en) * 2013-08-09 2019-12-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method, device and system for managing multiple connections of terminal
CN108282799B (en) * 2017-01-06 2022-04-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A measurement configuration method, device, network element and system
CN108882285B (en) * 2017-05-12 2020-09-11 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Measurement information configuration method, auxiliary base station, system and computer readable medium
CN109428767B (en) * 2017-08-22 2021-10-01 华为技术有限公司 Method for processing measurement configuration information, terminal device and network device
CN109474949B (en) * 2017-09-08 2021-06-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of MDT measurement method and related equipment
CN109729541B (en) * 2017-10-30 2020-11-06 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Negotiation method of measurement configuration under heterogeneous system dual-connection, base station and terminal
CN109729516B (en) * 2017-10-31 2020-08-18 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 User equipment capability information limiting method, device, medium, terminal and base station

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019073340A1 (en) * 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method for feedback of streaming session
CN109818771A (en) * 2017-11-22 2019-05-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of minimum drive test configuration method, measurement method and device
WO2020034587A1 (en) * 2019-01-21 2020-02-20 Zte Corporation Minimization of driving tests in dual connectivity networks

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "Immediate MDT for DC", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1908064_[MDT]_IMMEDIATE MDT FOR DC, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Renoina; 20190513 - 20190517, 3 May 2019 (2019-05-03), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051712312 *
ZTE: "Addition of EN-DC MDT feature", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-200633, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. E-Meeting; 20200224 - 20200306, 14 February 2020 (2020-02-14), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051854160 *

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4324171A4 (en) * 2021-04-13 2025-03-05 LG Electronics Inc. METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING QOE MANAGEMENT IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
EP4301026A4 (en) * 2021-04-15 2024-09-18 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE
AU2022258263B2 (en) * 2021-04-15 2025-06-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and apparatus
CN115250483A (en) * 2021-04-26 2022-10-28 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 A kind of information measurement control method and device
WO2022246016A1 (en) * 2021-05-21 2022-11-24 Parsa Wireless Communications, Llc Quality of experience measurement in inactive state
WO2023014257A1 (en) * 2021-08-05 2023-02-09 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Quality-of-experience configuration maintenance
US12309869B2 (en) 2021-08-06 2025-05-20 Parsa Wireless Communications Llc Quality of experience in inactive state
US12126497B2 (en) 2021-09-01 2024-10-22 Parsa Wireless Communications Llc Prediction-based data transmission by internet of things (IoT) devices
WO2023069000A1 (en) * 2021-10-21 2023-04-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Handling quality-of-experience (qoe) configurations exceeding maximum number
CN114040423B (en) * 2021-10-25 2023-06-16 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE measurement control method, communication system and communication device
CN114040423A (en) * 2021-10-25 2022-02-11 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Quality of experience (QoE) measurement control method, communication system and communication device
CN114786197A (en) * 2022-04-14 2022-07-22 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 A kind of quality of experience QoE measurement method, device and storage medium
WO2023206375A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Quality of experience metrics for a dual connectivity mode
WO2024022430A1 (en) * 2022-07-29 2024-02-01 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt configuration method and apparatus
CN115334571A (en) * 2022-08-05 2022-11-11 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 QoE measurement configuration method, access network device and storage medium
WO2024108450A1 (en) * 2022-11-23 2024-05-30 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and apparatus for processing minimization drive test-related information, and method and apparatus for receiving capability information
WO2025156988A1 (en) * 2024-01-26 2025-07-31 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Mdt measurement collection method, mdt configuration method, device, apparatus and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112351442A (en) 2021-02-09
CN112351442B (en) 2022-06-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021023280A1 (en) Communication method and device
US20230115085A1 (en) Communication Method and Apparatus for Sending Quality of Experience Measurement Result
KR102469191B1 (en) Information transmission method and device, computer readable storage medium
US20220167215A1 (en) History Information Recording Method and Apparatus, and Computer-Readable Storage Medium
CN105848222B (en) Method and base station device for handover
US9271165B2 (en) Method for establishing connection by HNB
US10959150B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
WO2022016401A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN112312418A (en) Method and device for acquiring user plane data and storage medium
US11706639B2 (en) Communication method, secondary network node and terminal
US20210377772A1 (en) Information reporting method and apparatus, and device
US20240040450A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
CN117320170A (en) Information transmission method, terminal and network equipment
WO2023060408A1 (en) Sensing data collection method and apparatus, and device, system and storage medium
EP2856817A1 (en) Control of carrier aggregation
US20250113226A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113115257B (en) A connection configuration method, device and storage medium
US20230308940A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2024007345A1 (en) Measurement acquisition method and device
CN113873454B (en) A communication method and device
WO2022027633A1 (en) Measurement reporting method and apparatus, computer device, and storage medium
EP4535832A1 (en) Method and apparatus for acquiring position information
WO2025107300A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device and network device
WO2024152162A1 (en) Multi-modal service data stream management method and apparatus
WO2023245585A1 (en) Mobility management methods and apparatuses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20851162

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20851162

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1